Merge selection tool branch.
This commit is contained in:
commit
f0251ebdb6
|
@ -149,6 +149,13 @@ if( CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNUCXX OR CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID MATCHES "Clang" )
|
|||
set( CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} -fvisibility-inlines-hidden" )
|
||||
endif()
|
||||
|
||||
find_package( OpenMP QUIET )
|
||||
if( OPENMP_FOUND )
|
||||
set( CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} ${OpenMP_C_FLAGS}" )
|
||||
set( CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "${CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS} ${OpenMP_CXX_FLAGS}" )
|
||||
add_definitions( -DUSE_OPENMP )
|
||||
endif()
|
||||
|
||||
if( MINGW )
|
||||
set( CMAKE_EXE_LINKER_FLAGS_RELEASE "-s" )
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -219,6 +219,8 @@ set( PCB_COMMON_SRCS
|
|||
../pcbnew/class_zone.cpp
|
||||
../pcbnew/class_zone_settings.cpp
|
||||
../pcbnew/classpcb.cpp
|
||||
../pcbnew/ratsnest_data.cpp
|
||||
../pcbnew/ratsnest_viewitem.cpp
|
||||
../pcbnew/collectors.cpp
|
||||
../pcbnew/netlist_reader.cpp
|
||||
../pcbnew/legacy_netlist_reader.cpp
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::~PICKED_ITEMS_LIST()
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::PushItem( ITEM_PICKER& aItem )
|
||||
void PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::PushItem( const ITEM_PICKER& aItem )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ItemsList.push_back( aItem );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ ITEM_PICKER PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::PopItem()
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::ContainsItem( EDA_ITEM* aItem ) const
|
||||
bool PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::ContainsItem( const EDA_ITEM* aItem ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
for( size_t i = 0; i < m_ItemsList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -82,6 +82,18 @@ bool PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::ContainsItem( EDA_ITEM* aItem ) const
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::FindItem( const EDA_ITEM* aItem ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
for( size_t i = 0; i < m_ItemsList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( m_ItemsList[i].GetItem() == aItem )
|
||||
return i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::ClearItemsList()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ItemsList.clear();
|
||||
|
@ -157,7 +169,7 @@ void PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::ClearListAndDeleteItems()
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ITEM_PICKER PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetItemWrapper( unsigned int aIdx )
|
||||
ITEM_PICKER PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetItemWrapper( unsigned int aIdx ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
ITEM_PICKER picker;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -168,7 +180,7 @@ ITEM_PICKER PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetItemWrapper( unsigned int aIdx )
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
EDA_ITEM* PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetPickedItem( unsigned int aIdx )
|
||||
EDA_ITEM* PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetPickedItem( unsigned int aIdx ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( aIdx < m_ItemsList.size() )
|
||||
return m_ItemsList[aIdx].GetItem();
|
||||
|
@ -177,7 +189,7 @@ EDA_ITEM* PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetPickedItem( unsigned int aIdx )
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
EDA_ITEM* PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetPickedItemLink( unsigned int aIdx )
|
||||
EDA_ITEM* PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetPickedItemLink( unsigned int aIdx ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( aIdx < m_ItemsList.size() )
|
||||
return m_ItemsList[aIdx].GetLink();
|
||||
|
@ -186,7 +198,7 @@ EDA_ITEM* PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetPickedItemLink( unsigned int aIdx )
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetPickedItemStatus( unsigned int aIdx )
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetPickedItemStatus( unsigned int aIdx ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( aIdx < m_ItemsList.size() )
|
||||
return m_ItemsList[aIdx].GetStatus();
|
||||
|
@ -195,7 +207,7 @@ UNDO_REDO_T PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetPickedItemStatus( unsigned int aIdx )
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
STATUS_FLAGS PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetPickerFlags( unsigned aIdx )
|
||||
STATUS_FLAGS PICKED_ITEMS_LIST::GetPickerFlags( unsigned aIdx ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( aIdx < m_ItemsList.size() )
|
||||
return m_ItemsList[aIdx].GetFlags();
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -81,10 +81,13 @@ EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL( wxWindow* aParentWindow, wxWindowID aWin
|
|||
Connect( wxEVT_MOTION, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_UP, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::skipEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_KEY_UP, wxEventHandler( EDA_DRAW_PANEL_GAL::onEvent ), NULL, this );
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -60,10 +60,13 @@ CAIRO_GAL::CAIRO_GAL( wxWindow* aParent, wxEvtHandler* aMouseListener,
|
|||
Connect( wxEVT_MOTION, wxMouseEventHandler( CAIRO_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler( CAIRO_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_UP, wxMouseEventHandler( CAIRO_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler( CAIRO_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler( CAIRO_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, wxMouseEventHandler( CAIRO_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler( CAIRO_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler( CAIRO_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, wxMouseEventHandler( CAIRO_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler( CAIRO_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined _WIN64
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW, wxMouseEventHandler( CAIRO_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -34,11 +34,11 @@
|
|||
#include <typeinfo>
|
||||
#include <wx/msgdlg.h>
|
||||
#include <confirm.h>
|
||||
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
|
||||
#ifdef PROFILE
|
||||
#include <profile.h>
|
||||
#include <wx/debug.h>
|
||||
#include <wx/log.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* PROFILE */
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace KIGFX;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -187,10 +187,10 @@ void GPU_CACHED_MANAGER::EndDrawing()
|
|||
|
||||
void GPU_CACHED_MANAGER::uploadToGpu()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
|
||||
#ifdef PROFILE
|
||||
prof_counter totalTime;
|
||||
prof_start( &totalTime );
|
||||
#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */
|
||||
#endif /* PROFILE */
|
||||
|
||||
if( !m_buffersInitialized )
|
||||
Initialize();
|
||||
|
@ -207,15 +207,13 @@ void GPU_CACHED_MANAGER::uploadToGpu()
|
|||
m_indices.reset( new GLuint[bufferSize] );
|
||||
|
||||
if( glGetError() != GL_NO_ERROR )
|
||||
{
|
||||
DisplayError( NULL, wxT( "Error during data upload to the GPU memory" ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
|
||||
#ifdef PROFILE
|
||||
prof_end( &totalTime );
|
||||
|
||||
wxLogDebug( wxT( "Uploading %d vertices to GPU / %.1f ms" ), bufferSize, totalTime.msecs() );
|
||||
#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */
|
||||
#endif /* PROFILE */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -73,10 +73,13 @@ OPENGL_GAL::OPENGL_GAL( wxWindow* aParent, wxEvtHandler* aMouseListener,
|
|||
Connect( wxEVT_MOTION, wxMouseEventHandler( OPENGL_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler( OPENGL_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_UP, wxMouseEventHandler( OPENGL_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler( OPENGL_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler( OPENGL_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, wxMouseEventHandler( OPENGL_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler( OPENGL_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler( OPENGL_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, wxMouseEventHandler( OPENGL_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler( OPENGL_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
#if defined _WIN32 || defined _WIN64
|
||||
Connect( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW, wxMouseEventHandler( OPENGL_GAL::skipMouseEvent ) );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -45,14 +45,14 @@
|
|||
#include <algorithm>
|
||||
#include <fstream>
|
||||
#include <limits>
|
||||
#include <boost/foreach.hpp>
|
||||
#include <boost/make_shared.hpp>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace hed;
|
||||
using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Triangulation* TTLtraits::triang_ = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TTL_USE_NODE_ID
|
||||
int Node::id_count = 0;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -117,28 +117,27 @@ EdgePtr Triangulation::initTwoEnclosingTriangles(NodesContainer::iterator first,
|
|||
double dx = (xmax-xmin)/fac;
|
||||
double dy = (ymax-ymin)/fac;
|
||||
|
||||
NodePtr n1(new Node(xmin-dx,ymin-dy));
|
||||
NodePtr n2(new Node(xmax+dx,ymin-dy));
|
||||
NodePtr n3(new Node(xmax+dx,ymax+dy));
|
||||
NodePtr n4(new Node(xmin-dx,ymax+dy));
|
||||
NodePtr n1 = boost::make_shared<Node>(xmin-dx, ymin-dy);
|
||||
NodePtr n2 = boost::make_shared<Node>(xmax+dx, ymin-dy);
|
||||
NodePtr n3 = boost::make_shared<Node>(xmax+dx, ymax+dy);
|
||||
NodePtr n4 = boost::make_shared<Node>(xmin-dx, ymax+dy);
|
||||
|
||||
// diagonal
|
||||
EdgePtr e1d(new Edge); // lower
|
||||
EdgePtr e2d(new Edge); // upper, the twin edge
|
||||
EdgePtr e1d = boost::make_shared<Edge>();
|
||||
EdgePtr e2d = boost::make_shared<Edge>();
|
||||
|
||||
// lower triangle
|
||||
EdgePtr e11(new Edge);
|
||||
EdgePtr e12(new Edge);
|
||||
EdgePtr e11 = boost::make_shared<Edge>();
|
||||
EdgePtr e12 = boost::make_shared<Edge>();
|
||||
|
||||
// upper triangle
|
||||
EdgePtr e21(new Edge); // upper upper
|
||||
EdgePtr e22(new Edge);
|
||||
EdgePtr e21 = boost::make_shared<Edge>();
|
||||
EdgePtr e22 = boost::make_shared<Edge>();
|
||||
|
||||
// lower triangle
|
||||
e1d->setSourceNode(n3);
|
||||
e1d->setNextEdgeInFace(e11);
|
||||
e1d->setTwinEdge(e2d);
|
||||
e1d->setAsLeadingEdge();
|
||||
addLeadingEdge(e1d);
|
||||
|
||||
e11->setSourceNode(n1);
|
||||
|
@ -151,7 +150,6 @@ EdgePtr Triangulation::initTwoEnclosingTriangles(NodesContainer::iterator first,
|
|||
e2d->setSourceNode(n1);
|
||||
e2d->setNextEdgeInFace(e21);
|
||||
e2d->setTwinEdge(e1d);
|
||||
e2d->setAsLeadingEdge();
|
||||
addLeadingEdge(e2d);
|
||||
|
||||
e21->setSourceNode(n3);
|
||||
|
@ -164,11 +162,30 @@ EdgePtr Triangulation::initTwoEnclosingTriangles(NodesContainer::iterator first,
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Triangulation::Triangulation() {
|
||||
helper = new ttl::TriangulationHelper( *this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Triangulation::Triangulation(const Triangulation& tr) {
|
||||
std::cout << "Triangulation: Copy constructor not present - EXIT.";
|
||||
exit(-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Triangulation::~Triangulation() {
|
||||
cleanAll();
|
||||
delete helper;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void Triangulation::createDelaunay(NodesContainer::iterator first,
|
||||
NodesContainer::iterator last) {
|
||||
|
||||
TTLtraits::triang_ = this;
|
||||
cleanAll();
|
||||
|
||||
EdgePtr bedge = initTwoEnclosingTriangles(first, last);
|
||||
|
@ -178,7 +195,7 @@ void Triangulation::createDelaunay(NodesContainer::iterator first,
|
|||
|
||||
NodesContainer::iterator it;
|
||||
for (it = first; it != last; ++it) {
|
||||
ttl::insertNode<TTLtraits>(d_iter, *it);
|
||||
helper->insertNode<TTLtraits>(d_iter, *it);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// In general (e.g. for the triangle based data structure), the initial dart
|
||||
|
@ -189,7 +206,7 @@ void Triangulation::createDelaunay(NodesContainer::iterator first,
|
|||
// triangle "outside" the triangulation.)
|
||||
|
||||
// Assumes rectangular domain
|
||||
ttl::removeRectangularBoundary<TTLtraits>(dc);
|
||||
helper->removeRectangularBoundary<TTLtraits>(dc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -206,15 +223,12 @@ void Triangulation::removeTriangle(EdgePtr& edge) {
|
|||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(e1);
|
||||
// cout << "No leading edges = " << leadingEdges_.size() << endl;
|
||||
// Remove the triangle
|
||||
EdgePtr e2 = e1->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
EdgePtr e3 = e2->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
EdgePtr e2(e1->getNextEdgeInFace());
|
||||
EdgePtr e3(e2->getNextEdgeInFace());
|
||||
|
||||
if (e1->getTwinEdge())
|
||||
e1->getTwinEdge()->setTwinEdge(EdgePtr());
|
||||
if (e2->getTwinEdge())
|
||||
e2->getTwinEdge()->setTwinEdge(EdgePtr());
|
||||
if (e3->getTwinEdge())
|
||||
e3->getTwinEdge()->setTwinEdge(EdgePtr());
|
||||
e1->clear();
|
||||
e2->clear();
|
||||
e3->clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -223,15 +237,15 @@ void Triangulation::reverse_splitTriangle(EdgePtr& edge) {
|
|||
|
||||
// Reverse operation of splitTriangle
|
||||
|
||||
EdgePtr e1 = edge->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
EdgePtr le = getLeadingEdgeInTriangle(e1);
|
||||
EdgePtr e1(edge->getNextEdgeInFace());
|
||||
EdgePtr le(getLeadingEdgeInTriangle(e1));
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_HE
|
||||
if (!le)
|
||||
errorAndExit("Triangulation::removeTriangle: could not find leading edge");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(le);
|
||||
|
||||
EdgePtr e2 = e1->getNextEdgeInFace()->getTwinEdge()->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
EdgePtr e2(e1->getNextEdgeInFace()->getTwinEdge()->getNextEdgeInFace());
|
||||
le = getLeadingEdgeInTriangle(e2);
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_HE
|
||||
if (!le)
|
||||
|
@ -239,7 +253,7 @@ void Triangulation::reverse_splitTriangle(EdgePtr& edge) {
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(le);
|
||||
|
||||
EdgePtr e3 = edge->getTwinEdge()->getNextEdgeInFace()->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
EdgePtr e3(edge->getTwinEdge()->getNextEdgeInFace()->getNextEdgeInFace());
|
||||
le = getLeadingEdgeInTriangle(e3);
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_HE
|
||||
if (!le)
|
||||
|
@ -251,6 +265,19 @@ void Triangulation::reverse_splitTriangle(EdgePtr& edge) {
|
|||
// from the triangulation, but the arcs have not been deleted.
|
||||
// Next delete the 6 half edges radiating from the node
|
||||
// The node is maintained by handle and need not be deleted explicitly
|
||||
EdgePtr estar = edge;
|
||||
EdgePtr enext = estar->getTwinEdge()->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
estar->getTwinEdge()->clear();
|
||||
estar->clear();
|
||||
|
||||
estar = enext;
|
||||
enext = estar->getTwinEdge()->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
estar->getTwinEdge()->clear();
|
||||
estar->clear();
|
||||
|
||||
enext->getTwinEdge()->clear();
|
||||
enext->clear();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Create the new triangle
|
||||
e1->setNextEdgeInFace(e2);
|
||||
|
@ -260,25 +287,6 @@ void Triangulation::reverse_splitTriangle(EdgePtr& edge) {
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// This is a "template" for iterating the boundary
|
||||
/*
|
||||
static void iterateBoundary(const Dart& dart) {
|
||||
cout << "Iterate boundary 2" << endl;
|
||||
// input is a dart at the boundary
|
||||
|
||||
Dart dart_iter = dart;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if (ttl::isBoundaryEdge(dart_iter))
|
||||
dart_iter.alpha0().alpha1();
|
||||
else
|
||||
dart_iter.alpha2().alpha1();
|
||||
|
||||
} while(dart_iter != dart);
|
||||
}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Dart Triangulation::createDart() {
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -305,20 +313,43 @@ bool Triangulation::removeLeadingEdgeFromList(EdgePtr& leadingEdge) {
|
|||
edge->setAsLeadingEdge(false);
|
||||
it = leadingEdges_.erase(it);
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (it == leadingEdges_.end())
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void Triangulation::cleanAll() {
|
||||
leadingEdges_.clear();
|
||||
BOOST_FOREACH(EdgePtr& edge, leadingEdges_)
|
||||
edge->setNextEdgeInFace(EdgePtr());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void Triangulation::swapEdge(Dart& dart) {
|
||||
swapEdge(dart.getEdge());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void Triangulation::splitTriangle(Dart& dart, const NodePtr& point) {
|
||||
EdgePtr edge = splitTriangle(dart.getEdge(), point);
|
||||
dart.init(edge);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void Triangulation::reverse_splitTriangle(Dart& dart) {
|
||||
reverse_splitTriangle(dart.getEdge());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
void Triangulation::removeBoundaryTriangle(Dart& d) {
|
||||
removeTriangle(d.getEdge());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -390,7 +421,7 @@ list<EdgePtr>* Triangulation::getEdges(bool skip_boundary_edges) const {
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
EdgePtr Triangulation::splitTriangle(EdgePtr& edge, NodePtr& point) {
|
||||
EdgePtr Triangulation::splitTriangle(EdgePtr& edge, const NodePtr& point) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Add a node by just splitting a triangle into three triangles
|
||||
// Assumes the half edge is located in the triangle
|
||||
|
@ -409,21 +440,21 @@ EdgePtr Triangulation::splitTriangle(EdgePtr& edge, NodePtr& point) {
|
|||
// Add the node to the structure
|
||||
//NodePtr new_node(new Node(x,y,z));
|
||||
|
||||
NodePtr n1 = edge->getSourceNode();
|
||||
EdgePtr e1 = edge;
|
||||
NodePtr n1(edge->getSourceNode());
|
||||
EdgePtr e1(edge);
|
||||
|
||||
EdgePtr e2 = edge->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
NodePtr n2 = e2->getSourceNode();
|
||||
EdgePtr e2(edge->getNextEdgeInFace());
|
||||
NodePtr n2(e2->getSourceNode());
|
||||
|
||||
EdgePtr e3 = e2->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
NodePtr n3 = e3->getSourceNode();
|
||||
EdgePtr e3(e2->getNextEdgeInFace());
|
||||
NodePtr n3(e3->getSourceNode());
|
||||
|
||||
EdgePtr e1_n(new Edge);
|
||||
EdgePtr e11_n(new Edge);
|
||||
EdgePtr e2_n(new Edge);
|
||||
EdgePtr e22_n(new Edge);
|
||||
EdgePtr e3_n(new Edge);
|
||||
EdgePtr e33_n(new Edge);
|
||||
EdgePtr e1_n = boost::make_shared<Edge>();
|
||||
EdgePtr e11_n = boost::make_shared<Edge>();
|
||||
EdgePtr e2_n = boost::make_shared<Edge>();
|
||||
EdgePtr e22_n = boost::make_shared<Edge>();
|
||||
EdgePtr e3_n = boost::make_shared<Edge>();
|
||||
EdgePtr e33_n = boost::make_shared<Edge>();
|
||||
|
||||
e1_n->setSourceNode(n1);
|
||||
e11_n->setSourceNode(point);
|
||||
|
@ -447,7 +478,6 @@ EdgePtr Triangulation::splitTriangle(EdgePtr& edge, NodePtr& point) {
|
|||
e22_n->setNextEdgeInFace(e2);
|
||||
e33_n->setNextEdgeInFace(e3);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// and update old's next edge
|
||||
e1->setNextEdgeInFace(e2_n);
|
||||
e2->setNextEdgeInFace(e3_n);
|
||||
|
@ -458,18 +488,14 @@ EdgePtr Triangulation::splitTriangle(EdgePtr& edge, NodePtr& point) {
|
|||
// Use the field telling if an edge is a leading edge
|
||||
// NOTE: Must search in the list!!!
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
EdgePtr leadingEdge;
|
||||
if (e1->isLeadingEdge())
|
||||
leadingEdge = e1;
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(e1);
|
||||
else if (e2->isLeadingEdge())
|
||||
leadingEdge = e2;
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(e2);
|
||||
else if(e3->isLeadingEdge())
|
||||
leadingEdge = e3;
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(e3);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return EdgePtr();
|
||||
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(leadingEdge);
|
||||
assert( false ); // one of the edges should be leading
|
||||
|
||||
addLeadingEdge(e1_n);
|
||||
addLeadingEdge(e2_n);
|
||||
|
@ -486,20 +512,20 @@ void Triangulation::swapEdge(EdgePtr& diagonal) {
|
|||
|
||||
// Note that diagonal is both input and output and it is always
|
||||
// kept in counterclockwise direction (this is not required by all
|
||||
// finctions in ttl:: now)
|
||||
// functions in TriangulationHelper now)
|
||||
|
||||
// Swap by rotating counterclockwise
|
||||
// Use the same objects - no deletion or new objects
|
||||
EdgePtr eL = diagonal;
|
||||
EdgePtr eR = eL->getTwinEdge();
|
||||
EdgePtr eL_1 = eL->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
EdgePtr eL_2 = eL_1->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
EdgePtr eR_1 = eR->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
EdgePtr eR_2 = eR_1->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
EdgePtr eL(diagonal);
|
||||
EdgePtr eR(eL->getTwinEdge());
|
||||
EdgePtr eL_1(eL->getNextEdgeInFace());
|
||||
EdgePtr eL_2(eL_1->getNextEdgeInFace());
|
||||
EdgePtr eR_1(eR->getNextEdgeInFace());
|
||||
EdgePtr eR_2(eR_1->getNextEdgeInFace());
|
||||
|
||||
// avoid node to be dereferenced to zero and deleted
|
||||
NodePtr nR = eR_2->getSourceNode();
|
||||
NodePtr nL = eL_2->getSourceNode();
|
||||
NodePtr nR(eR_2->getSourceNode());
|
||||
NodePtr nL(eL_2->getSourceNode());
|
||||
|
||||
eL->setSourceNode(nR);
|
||||
eR->setSourceNode(nL);
|
||||
|
@ -513,24 +539,20 @@ void Triangulation::swapEdge(EdgePtr& diagonal) {
|
|||
eR_2->setNextEdgeInFace(eL_1);
|
||||
eL_1->setNextEdgeInFace(eR);
|
||||
|
||||
EdgePtr leL;
|
||||
if (eL->isLeadingEdge())
|
||||
leL = eL;
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(eL);
|
||||
else if (eL_1->isLeadingEdge())
|
||||
leL = eL_1;
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(eL_1);
|
||||
else if (eL_2->isLeadingEdge())
|
||||
leL = eL_2;
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(eL_2);
|
||||
|
||||
EdgePtr leR;
|
||||
if (eR->isLeadingEdge())
|
||||
leR = eR;
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(eR);
|
||||
else if (eR_1->isLeadingEdge())
|
||||
leR = eR_1;
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(eR_1);
|
||||
else if (eR_2->isLeadingEdge())
|
||||
leR = eR_2;
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(eR_2);
|
||||
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(leL);
|
||||
removeLeadingEdgeFromList(leR);
|
||||
addLeadingEdge(eL);
|
||||
addLeadingEdge(eR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -567,7 +589,7 @@ bool Triangulation::checkDelaunay() const {
|
|||
// only one of the half-edges
|
||||
if (!twinedge || (size_t)edge.get() > (size_t)twinedge.get()) {
|
||||
Dart dart(edge);
|
||||
if (ttl::swapTestDelaunay<TTLtraits>(dart)) {
|
||||
if (helper->swapTestDelaunay<TTLtraits>(dart)) {
|
||||
noNotDelaunay++;
|
||||
|
||||
//printEdge(dart,os); os << "\n";
|
||||
|
@ -610,7 +632,7 @@ void Triangulation::optimizeDelaunay() {
|
|||
|
||||
Dart dart(edge);
|
||||
// Constrained edges should not be swapped
|
||||
if (!edge->isConstrained() && ttl::swapTestDelaunay<TTLtraits>(dart, cycling_check)) {
|
||||
if (helper->swapTestDelaunay<TTLtraits>(dart, cycling_check)) {
|
||||
optimal = false;
|
||||
swapEdge(edge);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -632,7 +654,7 @@ EdgePtr Triangulation::getInteriorNode() const {
|
|||
for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
|
||||
if (edge->getTwinEdge()) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (!ttl::isBoundaryNode(Dart(edge)))
|
||||
if (!helper->isBoundaryNode(Dart(edge)))
|
||||
return edge;
|
||||
}
|
||||
edge = edge->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
|
@ -643,18 +665,18 @@ EdgePtr Triangulation::getInteriorNode() const {
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
static EdgePtr getBoundaryEdgeInTriangle(const EdgePtr& e) {
|
||||
EdgePtr Triangulation::getBoundaryEdgeInTriangle(const EdgePtr& e) const {
|
||||
EdgePtr edge = e;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ttl::isBoundaryEdge(Dart(edge)))
|
||||
if (helper->isBoundaryEdge(Dart(edge)))
|
||||
return edge;
|
||||
|
||||
edge = edge->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
if (ttl::isBoundaryEdge(Dart(edge)))
|
||||
if (helper->isBoundaryEdge(Dart(edge)))
|
||||
return edge;
|
||||
|
||||
edge = edge->getNextEdgeInFace();
|
||||
if (ttl::isBoundaryEdge(Dart(edge)))
|
||||
if (helper->isBoundaryEdge(Dart(edge)))
|
||||
return edge;
|
||||
|
||||
return EdgePtr();
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -34,9 +34,18 @@ ACTION_MANAGER::ACTION_MANAGER( TOOL_MANAGER* aToolManager ) :
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ACTION_MANAGER::~ACTION_MANAGER()
|
||||
{
|
||||
while( !m_actionIdIndex.empty() )
|
||||
UnregisterAction( m_actionIdIndex.begin()->second );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ACTION_MANAGER::RegisterAction( TOOL_ACTION* aAction )
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert( aAction->GetId() == -1 ); // Check if the TOOL_ACTION was not registered before
|
||||
assert( m_actionNameIndex.find( aAction->m_name ) == m_actionNameIndex.end() );
|
||||
assert( m_actionIdIndex.find( aAction->m_id ) == m_actionIdIndex.end() );
|
||||
|
||||
aAction->setId( MakeActionId( aAction->m_name ) );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -44,7 +53,13 @@ void ACTION_MANAGER::RegisterAction( TOOL_ACTION* aAction )
|
|||
m_actionIdIndex[aAction->m_id] = aAction;
|
||||
|
||||
if( aAction->HasHotKey() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Duplication of hot keys leads to unexpected behaviour
|
||||
// The right way to change a hotkey is to use ACTION_MANAGER::ClearHotKey() first
|
||||
assert( m_actionHotKeys.find( aAction->m_currentHotKey ) == m_actionHotKeys.end() );
|
||||
|
||||
m_actionHotKeys[aAction->m_currentHotKey] = aAction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
aAction->setActionMgr( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -52,13 +67,13 @@ void ACTION_MANAGER::RegisterAction( TOOL_ACTION* aAction )
|
|||
|
||||
void ACTION_MANAGER::UnregisterAction( TOOL_ACTION* aAction )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_actionNameIndex.erase( aAction->m_name );
|
||||
m_actionIdIndex.erase( aAction->m_id );
|
||||
|
||||
// Indicate that the ACTION_MANAGER no longer care about the object
|
||||
aAction->setActionMgr( NULL );
|
||||
aAction->setId( -1 );
|
||||
|
||||
m_actionNameIndex.erase( aAction->m_name );
|
||||
m_actionIdIndex.erase( aAction->m_id );
|
||||
|
||||
if( aAction->HasHotKey() )
|
||||
m_actionHotKeys.erase( aAction->m_currentHotKey );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -98,6 +113,12 @@ bool ACTION_MANAGER::RunHotKey( int aHotKey ) const
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ACTION_MANAGER::ClearHotKey( int aHotKey )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_actionHotKeys.erase( aHotKey );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ACTION_MANAGER::runAction( const TOOL_ACTION* aAction ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
TOOL_EVENT event = aAction->MakeEvent();
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
|
|||
#include <cassert>
|
||||
|
||||
CONTEXT_MENU::CONTEXT_MENU() :
|
||||
m_titleSet( false ), m_handler( this ), m_tool( NULL )
|
||||
m_titleSet( false ), m_selected( -1 ), m_handler( this ), m_tool( NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_menu.Connect( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, wxEventHandler( CMEventHandler::onEvent ),
|
||||
NULL, &m_handler );
|
||||
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ CONTEXT_MENU::CONTEXT_MENU() :
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
CONTEXT_MENU::CONTEXT_MENU( const CONTEXT_MENU& aMenu ) :
|
||||
m_titleSet( aMenu.m_titleSet ), m_handler( this ), m_tool( aMenu.m_tool )
|
||||
m_titleSet( aMenu.m_titleSet ), m_selected( -1 ), m_handler( this ), m_tool( aMenu.m_tool )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_menu.Connect( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, wxEventHandler( CMEventHandler::onEvent ),
|
||||
NULL, &m_handler );
|
||||
|
@ -164,6 +164,9 @@ void CONTEXT_MENU::CMEventHandler::onEvent( wxEvent& aEvent )
|
|||
// One of menu entries was selected..
|
||||
else if( type == wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Store the selected position
|
||||
m_menu->m_selected = aEvent.GetId();
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if there is a TOOL_ACTION for the given ID
|
||||
if( m_menu->m_toolActions.count( aEvent.GetId() ) == 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -43,10 +43,11 @@ using boost::optional;
|
|||
struct TOOL_DISPATCHER::BUTTON_STATE
|
||||
{
|
||||
BUTTON_STATE( TOOL_MOUSE_BUTTONS aButton, const wxEventType& aDownEvent,
|
||||
const wxEventType& aUpEvent ) :
|
||||
const wxEventType& aUpEvent, const wxEventType& aDblClickEvent ) :
|
||||
button( aButton ),
|
||||
downEvent( aDownEvent ),
|
||||
upEvent( aUpEvent )
|
||||
upEvent( aUpEvent ),
|
||||
dblClickEvent( aDblClickEvent )
|
||||
{};
|
||||
|
||||
///> Flag indicating that dragging is active for the given button.
|
||||
|
@ -74,6 +75,9 @@ struct TOOL_DISPATCHER::BUTTON_STATE
|
|||
///> The type of wxEvent that determines mouse button release.
|
||||
wxEventType upEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
///> The type of wxEvent that determines mouse button double click.
|
||||
wxEventType dblClickEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
///> Time stamp for the last mouse button press event.
|
||||
wxLongLong downTimestamp;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -89,9 +93,12 @@ struct TOOL_DISPATCHER::BUTTON_STATE
|
|||
TOOL_DISPATCHER::TOOL_DISPATCHER( TOOL_MANAGER* aToolMgr, PCB_BASE_FRAME* aEditFrame ) :
|
||||
m_toolMgr( aToolMgr ), m_editFrame( aEditFrame )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_buttons.push_back( new BUTTON_STATE( BUT_LEFT, wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxEVT_LEFT_UP ) );
|
||||
m_buttons.push_back( new BUTTON_STATE( BUT_RIGHT, wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, wxEVT_RIGHT_UP ) );
|
||||
m_buttons.push_back( new BUTTON_STATE( BUT_MIDDLE, wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP ) );
|
||||
m_buttons.push_back( new BUTTON_STATE( BUT_LEFT, wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
|
||||
wxEVT_LEFT_UP, wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK ) );
|
||||
m_buttons.push_back( new BUTTON_STATE( BUT_RIGHT, wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
|
||||
wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK ) );
|
||||
m_buttons.push_back( new BUTTON_STATE( BUT_MIDDLE, wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
|
||||
wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK ) );
|
||||
|
||||
ResetState();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -126,6 +133,7 @@ bool TOOL_DISPATCHER::handleMouseButton( wxEvent& aEvent, int aIndex, bool aMoti
|
|||
|
||||
bool up = type == st->upEvent;
|
||||
bool down = type == st->downEvent;
|
||||
bool dblClick = type == st->dblClickEvent;
|
||||
|
||||
int mods = decodeModifiers<wxMouseEvent>( static_cast<wxMouseEvent*>( &aEvent ) );
|
||||
int args = st->button | mods;
|
||||
|
@ -162,6 +170,10 @@ bool TOOL_DISPATCHER::handleMouseButton( wxEvent& aEvent, int aIndex, bool aMoti
|
|||
|
||||
st->dragging = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if( dblClick )
|
||||
{
|
||||
evt = TOOL_EVENT( TC_MOUSE, TA_MOUSE_DBLCLICK, args );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( st->pressed && aMotion )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -204,14 +216,15 @@ void TOOL_DISPATCHER::DispatchWxEvent( wxEvent& aEvent )
|
|||
type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || type == wxEVT_LEFT_UP ||
|
||||
type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN || type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP ||
|
||||
type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN || type == wxEVT_RIGHT_UP ||
|
||||
type == wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK || type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK || type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK ||
|
||||
// Event issued whem mouse retains position in screen coordinates,
|
||||
// but changes in world coordinates (eg. autopanning)
|
||||
// but changes in world coordinates (e.g. autopanning)
|
||||
type == KIGFX::WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::EVT_REFRESH_MOUSE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
VECTOR2D screenPos = m_toolMgr->GetViewControls()->GetCursorPosition();
|
||||
VECTOR2D screenPos = m_toolMgr->GetViewControls()->GetMousePosition();
|
||||
VECTOR2D pos = getView()->ToWorld( screenPos );
|
||||
|
||||
if( pos != m_lastMousePos || type == KIGFX::WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::EVT_REFRESH_MOUSE )
|
||||
if( pos != m_lastMousePos )
|
||||
{
|
||||
motion = true;
|
||||
m_lastMousePos = pos;
|
||||
|
@ -267,11 +280,6 @@ void TOOL_DISPATCHER::DispatchWxCommand( const wxCommandEvent& aEvent )
|
|||
toolName = "pcbnew.InteractiveRouter";
|
||||
activateTool = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case ID_SELECTION_TOOL:
|
||||
toolName = "pcbnew.InteractiveSelection";
|
||||
activateTool = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// do nothing if the legacy view is active
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -75,6 +75,7 @@ const std::string TOOL_EVENT::Format() const
|
|||
const FlagString actions[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
{ TA_MOUSE_CLICK, "click" },
|
||||
{ TA_MOUSE_DBLCLICK, "double click" },
|
||||
{ TA_MOUSE_UP, "button-up" },
|
||||
{ TA_MOUSE_DOWN, "button-down" },
|
||||
{ TA_MOUSE_DRAG, "drag" },
|
||||
|
@ -90,6 +91,7 @@ const std::string TOOL_EVENT::Format() const
|
|||
{ TA_CANCEL_TOOL, "cancel-tool" },
|
||||
{ TA_CONTEXT_MENU_UPDATE, "context-menu-update" },
|
||||
{ TA_CONTEXT_MENU_CHOICE, "context-menu-choice" },
|
||||
{ TA_UNDO_REDO, "undo-redo" },
|
||||
{ TA_ACTION, "action" },
|
||||
{ 0, "" }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ struct TOOL_MANAGER::TOOL_STATE
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
TOOL_MANAGER::TOOL_MANAGER() :
|
||||
m_model( NULL ), m_view( NULL )
|
||||
m_model( NULL ), m_view( NULL ), m_viewControls( NULL ), m_editFrame( NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_actionMgr = new ACTION_MANAGER( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -119,10 +119,14 @@ TOOL_MANAGER::~TOOL_MANAGER()
|
|||
|
||||
void TOOL_MANAGER::RegisterTool( TOOL_BASE* aTool )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxASSERT_MSG( m_toolNameIndex.find( aTool->GetName() ) == m_toolNameIndex.end(),
|
||||
wxT( "Adding two tools with the same name may result in unexpected behaviour.") );
|
||||
wxASSERT_MSG( m_toolIdIndex.find( aTool->GetId() ) == m_toolIdIndex.end(),
|
||||
wxT( "Adding two tools with the same ID may result in unexpected behaviour.") );
|
||||
|
||||
TOOL_STATE* st = new TOOL_STATE;
|
||||
|
||||
st->theTool = aTool;
|
||||
st->idle = true;
|
||||
st->pendingWait = false;
|
||||
st->pendingContextMenu = false;
|
||||
st->cofunc = NULL;
|
||||
|
@ -134,11 +138,10 @@ void TOOL_MANAGER::RegisterTool( TOOL_BASE* aTool )
|
|||
|
||||
aTool->m_toolMgr = this;
|
||||
|
||||
if( aTool->GetType() == INTERACTIVE )
|
||||
if( !aTool->Init() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( !static_cast<TOOL_INTERACTIVE*>( aTool )->Init() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::string msg = StrPrintf( "Initialization of the %s tool failed", aTool->GetName().c_str() );
|
||||
std::string msg = StrPrintf( "Initialization of the %s tool failed",
|
||||
aTool->GetName().c_str() );
|
||||
|
||||
DisplayError( NULL, wxString::FromUTF8( msg.c_str() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -151,7 +154,6 @@ void TOOL_MANAGER::RegisterTool( TOOL_BASE* aTool )
|
|||
delete aTool;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool TOOL_MANAGER::InvokeTool( TOOL_ID aToolId )
|
||||
|
@ -188,6 +190,12 @@ void TOOL_MANAGER::UnregisterAction( TOOL_ACTION* aAction )
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool TOOL_MANAGER::RunAction( const std::string& aActionName )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_actionMgr->RunAction( aActionName );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool TOOL_MANAGER::invokeTool( TOOL_BASE* aTool )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxASSERT( aTool != NULL );
|
||||
|
@ -226,17 +234,16 @@ bool TOOL_MANAGER::runTool( TOOL_BASE* aTool )
|
|||
wxASSERT( aTool != NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
if( !isRegistered( aTool ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxASSERT_MSG( false, wxT( "You cannot run unregistered tools" ) );
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
TOOL_STATE* state = m_toolState[aTool];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If the tool is already active, do not invoke it again
|
||||
if( state->idle == false )
|
||||
if( isActive( aTool ) )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
state->idle = false;
|
||||
|
||||
static_cast<TOOL_INTERACTIVE*>( aTool )->Reset();
|
||||
aTool->Reset( TOOL_INTERACTIVE::RUN );
|
||||
|
||||
// Add the tool on the front of the processing queue (it gets events first)
|
||||
m_activeTools.push_front( aTool->GetId() );
|
||||
|
@ -267,6 +274,13 @@ TOOL_BASE* TOOL_MANAGER::FindTool( const std::string& aName ) const
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void TOOL_MANAGER::ResetTools( TOOL_BASE::RESET_REASON aReason )
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOOST_FOREACH( TOOL_BASE* tool, m_toolState | boost::adaptors::map_keys )
|
||||
tool->Reset( aReason );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void TOOL_MANAGER::ScheduleNextState( TOOL_BASE* aTool, TOOL_STATE_FUNC& aHandler,
|
||||
const TOOL_EVENT_LIST& aConditions )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -333,10 +347,11 @@ void TOOL_MANAGER::dispatchInternal( TOOL_EVENT& aEvent )
|
|||
// Go() method that match the event.
|
||||
if( st->transitions.size() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOOST_FOREACH( TRANSITION tr, st->transitions )
|
||||
BOOST_FOREACH( TRANSITION& tr, st->transitions )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( tr.first.Matches( aEvent ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// as the state changes, the transition table has to be set up again
|
||||
st->transitions.clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// no tool context allocated yet? Create one.
|
||||
|
@ -350,6 +365,9 @@ void TOOL_MANAGER::dispatchInternal( TOOL_EVENT& aEvent )
|
|||
|
||||
if( !st->cofunc->Running() )
|
||||
finishTool( st ); // The couroutine has finished immediately?
|
||||
|
||||
// there is no point in further checking, as transitions got cleared
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -394,21 +412,18 @@ bool TOOL_MANAGER::dispatchActivation( TOOL_EVENT& aEvent )
|
|||
|
||||
void TOOL_MANAGER::finishTool( TOOL_STATE* aState )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Find the tool to be deactivated
|
||||
std::deque<TOOL_ID>::iterator it, it_end;
|
||||
std::deque<TOOL_ID>::iterator it, itEnd;
|
||||
|
||||
for( it = m_activeTools.begin(), it_end = m_activeTools.end(); it != it_end; ++it )
|
||||
// Find the tool and deactivate it
|
||||
for( it = m_activeTools.begin(), itEnd = m_activeTools.end(); it != itEnd; ++it )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( aState == m_toolIdIndex[*it] )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_activeTools.erase( it );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( it != m_activeTools.end() )
|
||||
m_activeTools.erase( it );
|
||||
else
|
||||
wxLogWarning( wxT( "Tried to finish inactive tool" ) );
|
||||
|
||||
aState->idle = true;
|
||||
delete aState->cofunc;
|
||||
aState->cofunc = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -445,9 +460,12 @@ bool TOOL_MANAGER::ProcessEvent( TOOL_EVENT& aEvent )
|
|||
boost::scoped_ptr<CONTEXT_MENU> menu( new CONTEXT_MENU( *st->contextMenu ) );
|
||||
GetEditFrame()->PopupMenu( menu->GetMenu() );
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If nothing was chosen from the context menu, we must notify the tool as well
|
||||
if( menu->GetSelected() < 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
TOOL_EVENT evt( TC_COMMAND, TA_CONTEXT_MENU_CHOICE );
|
||||
dispatchInternal( evt );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -456,6 +474,7 @@ bool TOOL_MANAGER::ProcessEvent( TOOL_EVENT& aEvent )
|
|||
if( m_view->IsDirty() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
PCB_EDIT_FRAME* f = static_cast<PCB_EDIT_FRAME*>( GetEditFrame() );
|
||||
if( f->IsGalCanvasActive() )
|
||||
f->GetGalCanvas()->Refresh(); // fixme: ugly hack, provide a method in TOOL_DISPATCHER.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -492,15 +511,6 @@ void TOOL_MANAGER::SetEnvironment( EDA_ITEM* aModel, KIGFX::VIEW* aView,
|
|||
m_view = aView;
|
||||
m_viewControls = aViewControls;
|
||||
m_editFrame = aFrame;
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset state of the registered tools
|
||||
BOOST_FOREACH( TOOL_ID toolId, m_activeTools )
|
||||
{
|
||||
TOOL_BASE* tool = m_toolIdIndex[toolId]->theTool;
|
||||
|
||||
if( tool->GetType() == INTERACTIVE )
|
||||
static_cast<TOOL_INTERACTIVE*>( tool )->Reset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -509,5 +519,6 @@ bool TOOL_MANAGER::isActive( TOOL_BASE* aTool )
|
|||
if( !isRegistered( aTool ) )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return !m_toolState[aTool]->idle;
|
||||
// Just check if the tool is on the active tools stack
|
||||
return std::find( m_activeTools.begin(), m_activeTools.end(), aTool->GetId() ) != m_activeTools.end();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -34,9 +34,9 @@
|
|||
#include <gal/graphics_abstraction_layer.h>
|
||||
#include <painter.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
|
||||
#ifdef PROFILE
|
||||
#include <profile.h>
|
||||
#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */
|
||||
#endif /* PROFILE */
|
||||
|
||||
using namespace KIGFX;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -122,6 +122,12 @@ void VIEW::Remove( VIEW_ITEM* aItem )
|
|||
{
|
||||
VIEW_LAYER& l = m_layers[layers[i]];
|
||||
l.items->Remove( aItem );
|
||||
MarkTargetDirty( l.target );
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear the GAL cache
|
||||
int prevGroup = aItem->getGroup( layers[i] );
|
||||
if( prevGroup >= 0 )
|
||||
m_gal->DeleteGroup( prevGroup );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -833,7 +839,7 @@ void VIEW::clearGroupCache()
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void VIEW::invalidateItem( VIEW_ITEM* aItem, int aUpdateFlags )
|
||||
void VIEW::InvalidateItem( VIEW_ITEM* aItem, int aUpdateFlags )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// updateLayers updates geometry too, so we do not have to update both of them at the same time
|
||||
if( aUpdateFlags & VIEW_ITEM::LAYERS )
|
||||
|
@ -944,6 +950,12 @@ void VIEW::updateLayers( VIEW_ITEM* aItem )
|
|||
VIEW_LAYER& l = m_layers[layers[i]];
|
||||
l.items->Remove( aItem );
|
||||
MarkTargetDirty( l.target );
|
||||
|
||||
// Redraw the item from scratch
|
||||
int prevGroup = aItem->getGroup( layers[i] );
|
||||
|
||||
if( prevGroup >= 0 )
|
||||
m_gal->DeleteGroup( prevGroup );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Add the item to new layer set
|
||||
|
@ -983,10 +995,10 @@ void VIEW::RecacheAllItems( bool aImmediately )
|
|||
|
||||
r.SetMaximum();
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
|
||||
#ifdef PROFILE
|
||||
prof_counter totalRealTime;
|
||||
prof_start( &totalRealTime );
|
||||
#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */
|
||||
#endif /* PROFILE */
|
||||
|
||||
for( LAYER_MAP_ITER i = m_layers.begin(); i != m_layers.end(); ++i )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -1002,12 +1014,12 @@ void VIEW::RecacheAllItems( bool aImmediately )
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
|
||||
#ifdef PROFILE
|
||||
prof_end( &totalRealTime );
|
||||
|
||||
wxLogDebug( wxT( "RecacheAllItems::immediately: %u %.1f ms" ),
|
||||
aImmediately, totalRealTime.msecs() );
|
||||
#endif /* __WXDEBUG__ */
|
||||
#endif /* PROFILE */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -34,18 +34,14 @@ void VIEW_ITEM::ViewSetVisible( bool aIsVisible )
|
|||
bool update = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if( m_visible != aIsVisible )
|
||||
{
|
||||
update = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_visible = aIsVisible;
|
||||
|
||||
// update only if the visibility has really changed
|
||||
if( update )
|
||||
{
|
||||
ViewUpdate( APPEARANCE );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void VIEW_ITEM::ViewUpdate( int aUpdateFlags )
|
||||
|
@ -53,17 +49,15 @@ void VIEW_ITEM::ViewUpdate( int aUpdateFlags )
|
|||
if( !m_view )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
m_view->invalidateItem( this, aUpdateFlags );
|
||||
m_view->InvalidateItem( this, aUpdateFlags );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void VIEW_ITEM::ViewRelease()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( m_view && m_view->IsDynamic() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_view->Remove( this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void VIEW_ITEM::getLayers( int* aLayers, int& aCount ) const
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -73,19 +73,12 @@ void WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onMotion( wxMouseEvent& aEvent )
|
|||
m_mousePosition.x = aEvent.GetX();
|
||||
m_mousePosition.y = aEvent.GetY();
|
||||
|
||||
if( m_forceCursorPosition )
|
||||
m_cursorPosition = m_view->ToScreen( m_forcedPosition );
|
||||
else if( m_snappingEnabled )
|
||||
m_cursorPosition = m_view->GetGAL()->GetGridPoint( m_mousePosition );
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_cursorPosition = m_mousePosition;
|
||||
updateCursor();
|
||||
|
||||
bool isAutoPanning = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if( m_autoPanEnabled )
|
||||
{
|
||||
isAutoPanning = handleAutoPanning( aEvent );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( !isAutoPanning && aEvent.Dragging() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -168,17 +161,13 @@ void WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onButton( wxMouseEvent& aEvent )
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( aEvent.LeftUp() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_state = IDLE; // Stop autopanning when user release left mouse button
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case DRAG_PANNING:
|
||||
if( aEvent.MiddleUp() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_state = IDLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -210,8 +199,23 @@ void WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onTimer( wxTimerEvent& aEvent )
|
|||
dir = m_view->ToWorld( dir, false );
|
||||
m_view->SetCenter( m_view->GetCenter() + dir * m_autoPanSpeed );
|
||||
|
||||
updateCursor();
|
||||
|
||||
// Notify tools that the cursor position has changed in the world coordinates
|
||||
wxCommandEvent moveEvent( EVT_REFRESH_MOUSE );
|
||||
wxMouseEvent moveEvent( EVT_REFRESH_MOUSE );
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the modifiers state
|
||||
#if wxCHECK_VERSION( 3, 0, 0 )
|
||||
moveEvent.SetControlDown( wxGetKeyState( WXK_CONTROL ) );
|
||||
moveEvent.SetShiftDown( wxGetKeyState( WXK_SHIFT ) );
|
||||
moveEvent.SetAltDown( wxGetKeyState( WXK_ALT) );
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// wx <3.0 do not have accessors, but the fields are exposed
|
||||
moveEvent.m_controlDown = wxGetKeyState( WXK_CONTROL );
|
||||
moveEvent.m_shiftDown = wxGetKeyState( WXK_SHIFT );
|
||||
moveEvent.m_altDown = wxGetKeyState( WXK_ALT );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
wxPostEvent( m_parentPanel, moveEvent );
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
@ -225,7 +229,7 @@ void WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::onTimer( wxTimerEvent& aEvent )
|
|||
|
||||
void WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::SetGrabMouse( bool aEnabled )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_grabMouse = aEnabled;
|
||||
VIEW_CONTROLS::SetGrabMouse( aEnabled );
|
||||
|
||||
if( aEnabled )
|
||||
m_parentPanel->CaptureMouse();
|
||||
|
@ -243,15 +247,6 @@ const VECTOR2D WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::GetMousePosition() const
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const VECTOR2D WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::GetCursorPosition() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( m_snappingEnabled )
|
||||
return m_view->GetGAL()->GetGridPoint( GetMousePosition() );
|
||||
else
|
||||
return GetMousePosition();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::handleAutoPanning( const wxMouseEvent& aEvent )
|
||||
{
|
||||
VECTOR2D p( aEvent.GetX(), aEvent.GetY() );
|
||||
|
@ -309,3 +304,14 @@ bool WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::handleAutoPanning( const wxMouseEvent& aEvent )
|
|||
wxASSERT_MSG( false, wxT( "This line should never be reached" ) );
|
||||
return false; // Should not be reached, just avoid the compiler warnings..
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void WX_VIEW_CONTROLS::updateCursor()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( m_forceCursorPosition )
|
||||
m_cursorPosition = m_view->ToScreen( m_forcedPosition );
|
||||
else if( m_snappingEnabled )
|
||||
m_cursorPosition = m_view->GetGAL()->GetGridPoint( m_mousePosition );
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_cursorPosition = m_mousePosition;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -36,10 +36,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
using namespace KIGFX;
|
||||
|
||||
WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM( const std::string& aFileName, const std::string& aSheetName,
|
||||
const PAGE_INFO* aPageInfo, const TITLE_BLOCK* aTitleBlock ) :
|
||||
WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM::WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM( const PAGE_INFO* aPageInfo, const TITLE_BLOCK* aTitleBlock ) :
|
||||
EDA_ITEM( NOT_USED ), // this item is never added to a BOARD so it needs no type
|
||||
m_fileName( aFileName ), m_sheetName( aSheetName ),
|
||||
m_titleBlock( aTitleBlock ), m_pageInfo( aPageInfo ), m_sheetNumber( 1 ), m_sheetCount( 1 ) {}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* @param aTransformPoint = the reference point of the transformation,
|
||||
* for commands like move
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void SaveCopyInUndoList( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
virtual void SaveCopyInUndoList( const PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T aTypeCommand,
|
||||
const wxPoint& aTransformPoint = wxPoint( 0, 0 ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::SaveCopyInUndoList( SCH_ITEM* aItem,
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::SaveCopyInUndoList( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
void SCH_EDIT_FRAME::SaveCopyInUndoList( const PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T aTypeCommand,
|
||||
const wxPoint& aTransformPoint )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* @param aTransformPoint = the reference point of the transformation,
|
||||
* for commands like move
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SaveCopyInUndoList( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
void SaveCopyInUndoList( const PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T aTypeCommand,
|
||||
const wxPoint& aTransformPoint = wxPoint( 0, 0 ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -83,8 +83,7 @@ protected:
|
|||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
BOARD_ITEM( BOARD_ITEM* aParent, KICAD_T idtype ) :
|
||||
EDA_ITEM( aParent, idtype )
|
||||
, m_Layer( FIRST_LAYER )
|
||||
EDA_ITEM( aParent, idtype ), m_Layer( FIRST_LAYER )
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -94,6 +93,16 @@ public:
|
|||
|
||||
virtual void SetPosition( const wxPoint& aPos ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function IsConnected()
|
||||
* Returns information if the object is derived from BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM.
|
||||
* @return True if the object is of BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM type, false otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool IsConnected() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A value of wxPoint(0,0) which can be passed to the Draw() functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ public:
|
|||
|
||||
void SetStatus( UNDO_REDO_T aStatus ) { m_undoRedoStatus = aStatus; }
|
||||
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T GetStatus() { return m_undoRedoStatus; }
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T GetStatus() const { return m_undoRedoStatus; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetFlags( STATUS_FLAGS aFlags ) { m_pickerFlags = aFlags; }
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* pushes \a aItem to the top of the list
|
||||
* @param aItem Picker to push on to the list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void PushItem( ITEM_PICKER& aItem );
|
||||
void PushItem( const ITEM_PICKER& aItem );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function PopItem
|
||||
|
@ -160,7 +160,14 @@ public:
|
|||
* Function IsItemInList
|
||||
* @return True if \a aItem is found in the pick list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool ContainsItem( EDA_ITEM* aItem ) const;
|
||||
bool ContainsItem( const EDA_ITEM* aItem ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function FindItem
|
||||
* @return Index of the searched item. If the item is not stored in the list, negative value
|
||||
* is returned.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int FindItem( const EDA_ITEM* aItem ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function ClearItemsList
|
||||
|
@ -201,21 +208,21 @@ public:
|
|||
* if this picker does not exist, a picker is returned,
|
||||
* with its members set to 0 or NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ITEM_PICKER GetItemWrapper( unsigned int aIdx );
|
||||
ITEM_PICKER GetItemWrapper( unsigned int aIdx ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetPickedItem
|
||||
* @return A pointer to the picked item
|
||||
* @param aIdx Index of the picked item in the picked list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
EDA_ITEM* GetPickedItem( unsigned int aIdx );
|
||||
EDA_ITEM* GetPickedItem( unsigned int aIdx ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetPickedItemLink
|
||||
* @return link of the picked item, or null if does not exist
|
||||
* @param aIdx Index of the picked item in the picked list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
EDA_ITEM* GetPickedItemLink( unsigned int aIdx );
|
||||
EDA_ITEM* GetPickedItemLink( unsigned int aIdx ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetPickedItemStatus
|
||||
|
@ -223,7 +230,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* or UR_UNSPECIFIED if does not exist
|
||||
* @param aIdx Index of the picked item in the picked list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T GetPickedItemStatus( unsigned int aIdx );
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T GetPickedItemStatus( unsigned int aIdx ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetPickerFlags
|
||||
|
@ -231,7 +238,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* @param aIdx Index of the picker in the picked list
|
||||
* @return The value stored in the picker, if the picker exists, or 0 if does not exist
|
||||
*/
|
||||
STATUS_FLAGS GetPickerFlags( unsigned aIdx );
|
||||
STATUS_FLAGS GetPickerFlags( unsigned aIdx ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function SetPickedItem
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* Function Brightened
|
||||
* Returns a color that is brighter by a given factor, without modifying object.
|
||||
* @param aFactor Specifies how bright the color should become (valid values: 0.0 .. 1.0).
|
||||
* @return COLOR4D Highlightedd color.
|
||||
* @return COLOR4D Highlighted color.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
COLOR4D Brightened( double aFactor ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -98,6 +98,24 @@ struct fnv_1a
|
|||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Hash function for wxString, counterpart of std::string hash
|
||||
struct WXSTRING_HASH : std::unary_function<wxString, std::size_t>
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::size_t operator()( const wxString& aString ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::size_t hash = 2166136261u;
|
||||
|
||||
for( wxString::const_iterator it = aString.begin(); it != aString.end(); ++it )
|
||||
{
|
||||
hash ^= (unsigned char) *it;
|
||||
hash *= 16777619;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return hash;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Type KEYWORD_MAP
|
||||
* is a hashtable made of a const char* and an int. Note that use of this
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -31,6 +31,7 @@
|
|||
#include <climits>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <sstream>
|
||||
#include <cmath>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <math/math_util.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -47,6 +47,12 @@ public:
|
|||
*/
|
||||
ACTION_MANAGER( TOOL_MANAGER* aToolManager );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Destructor.
|
||||
* Unregisters every registered action.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
~ACTION_MANAGER();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function RegisterAction()
|
||||
* Adds a tool action to the manager and sets it up. After that is is possible to invoke
|
||||
|
@ -75,18 +81,21 @@ public:
|
|||
*/
|
||||
bool RunAction( const std::string& aActionName ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO to be considered
|
||||
// bool RunAction( int aActionId ) const;
|
||||
// bool RunAction( TOOL_ACTION* aAction ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function RunHotKey()
|
||||
* Runs an action associated with a hotkey (if there is one available).
|
||||
* @param aHotKey is the hotkey to be served.
|
||||
* @param aHotKey is the hotkey to be handled.
|
||||
* @return True if there was an action associated with the hotkey, false otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool RunHotKey( int aHotKey ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function ClearHotKey()
|
||||
* Removes an action associated with a hotkey.
|
||||
* @param aHotKey is the hotkey to be cleared.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ClearHotKey( int aHotKey );
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
///> Tool manager needed to run actions
|
||||
TOOL_MANAGER* m_toolMgr;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -78,6 +78,17 @@ public:
|
|||
*/
|
||||
void Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetSelected()
|
||||
* Returns the position of selected item. If the returned value is negative, that means that
|
||||
* menu was dismissed.
|
||||
* @return The position of selected item in the context menu.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int GetSelected() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_selected;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetMenu()
|
||||
* Returns the instance of wxMenu object used to display the menu.
|
||||
|
@ -131,6 +142,9 @@ private:
|
|||
///> Instance of wxMenu used for display of the context menu.
|
||||
wxMenu m_menu;
|
||||
|
||||
///> Stores the id number of selected item.
|
||||
int m_selected;
|
||||
|
||||
///> Instance of menu event handler.
|
||||
CMEventHandler m_handler;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -70,6 +70,33 @@ public:
|
|||
|
||||
virtual ~TOOL_BASE() {};
|
||||
|
||||
///> Determines the reason of reset for a tool
|
||||
enum RESET_REASON
|
||||
{
|
||||
RUN, ///< Tool is invoked after being inactive
|
||||
MODEL_RELOAD, ///< Model changes
|
||||
GAL_SWITCH ///< Rendering engine changes
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function Init()
|
||||
* Init() is called once upon a registration of the tool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return True if the initialization went fine, false - otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool Init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function Reset()
|
||||
* Brings the tool to a known, initial state. If the tool claimed anything from
|
||||
* the model or the view, it must release it when its reset.
|
||||
* @param aReason contains information about the reason of tool reset.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void Reset( RESET_REASON aReason ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetType()
|
||||
* Returns the type of the tool.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -56,37 +56,44 @@ enum TOOL_ACTIONS
|
|||
// UI input events
|
||||
TA_NONE = 0x0000,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE_CLICK = 0x0001,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE_UP = 0x0002,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE_DOWN = 0x0004,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE_DRAG = 0x0008,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE_MOTION = 0x0010,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE_WHEEL = 0x0020,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE = 0x003f,
|
||||
TA_KEY_UP = 0x0040,
|
||||
TA_KEY_DOWN = 0x0080,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE_DBLCLICK = 0x0002,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE_UP = 0x0004,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE_DOWN = 0x0008,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE_DRAG = 0x0010,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE_MOTION = 0x0020,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE_WHEEL = 0x0040,
|
||||
TA_MOUSE = 0x007f,
|
||||
|
||||
TA_KEY_UP = 0x0080,
|
||||
TA_KEY_DOWN = 0x0100,
|
||||
TA_KEYBOARD = TA_KEY_UP | TA_KEY_DOWN,
|
||||
|
||||
// View related events
|
||||
TA_VIEW_REFRESH = 0x0100,
|
||||
TA_VIEW_ZOOM = 0x0200,
|
||||
TA_VIEW_PAN = 0x0400,
|
||||
TA_VIEW_DIRTY = 0x0800,
|
||||
TA_CHANGE_LAYER = 0x1000,
|
||||
TA_VIEW_REFRESH = 0x0200,
|
||||
TA_VIEW_ZOOM = 0x0400,
|
||||
TA_VIEW_PAN = 0x0800,
|
||||
TA_VIEW_DIRTY = 0x1000,
|
||||
TA_VIEW = 0x1e00,
|
||||
|
||||
TA_CHANGE_LAYER = 0x2000,
|
||||
|
||||
// Tool cancel event. Issued automagically when the user hits escape or selects End Tool from
|
||||
// the context menu.
|
||||
TA_CANCEL_TOOL = 0x2000,
|
||||
TA_CANCEL_TOOL = 0x4000,
|
||||
|
||||
// Context menu update. Issued whenever context menu is open and the user hovers the mouse
|
||||
// over one of choices. Used in dynamic highligting in disambiguation menu
|
||||
TA_CONTEXT_MENU_UPDATE = 0x4000,
|
||||
TA_CONTEXT_MENU_UPDATE = 0x8000,
|
||||
|
||||
// Context menu choice. Sent if the user picked something from the context menu or
|
||||
// closed it without selecting anything.
|
||||
TA_CONTEXT_MENU_CHOICE = 0x8000,
|
||||
TA_CONTEXT_MENU_CHOICE = 0x10000,
|
||||
|
||||
// This event is sent *before* undo/redo command is performed.
|
||||
TA_UNDO_REDO = 0x20000,
|
||||
|
||||
// Tool action (allows to control tools)
|
||||
TA_ACTION = 0x10000,
|
||||
TA_ACTION = 0x40000,
|
||||
|
||||
TA_ANY = 0xffffffff
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -233,6 +240,12 @@ public:
|
|||
&& ( ( m_mouseButtons & aButtonMask ) == aButtonMask );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsDblClick( int aButtonMask = BUT_ANY ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ( m_actions == TA_MOUSE_DBLCLICK )
|
||||
&& ( ( m_mouseButtons & aButtonMask ) == aButtonMask );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsDrag( int aButtonMask = BUT_ANY ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ( m_actions == TA_MOUSE_DRAG ) && ( ( m_mouseButtons & aButtonMask ) == aButtonMask );
|
||||
|
@ -311,6 +324,9 @@ public:
|
|||
|
||||
if( m_commandId && aEvent.m_commandId )
|
||||
return *m_commandId == *aEvent.m_commandId;
|
||||
|
||||
// Command-type event has to contain either id or string
|
||||
assert( false );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -48,24 +48,6 @@ public:
|
|||
TOOL_INTERACTIVE( const std::string& aName );
|
||||
virtual ~TOOL_INTERACTIVE();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function Reset()
|
||||
* Brings the tool to a known, initial state. If the tool claimed anything from
|
||||
* the model or the view, it must release it when its reset.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void Reset() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function Init()
|
||||
* Init() is called once upon a registration of the tool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return True if the initialization went fine, false - otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool Init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function SetContextMenu()
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -99,6 +99,15 @@ public:
|
|||
*/
|
||||
void UnregisterAction( TOOL_ACTION* aAction );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function RunAction()
|
||||
* Runs the specified action. The common format is "application.ToolName.Action".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param aActionName is the name of action to be invoked.
|
||||
* @return True if the action finished successfully, false otherwise.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool RunAction( const std::string& aActionName );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function FindTool()
|
||||
* Searches for a tool with given ID.
|
||||
|
@ -118,10 +127,10 @@ public:
|
|||
TOOL_BASE* FindTool( const std::string& aName ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resets the state of a given tool by clearing its wait and
|
||||
* transition lists and calling tool's internal Reset() method.
|
||||
* Function ResetTools()
|
||||
* Resets all tools (i.e. calls their Reset() method).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void ResetTool( TOOL_BASE* aTool );
|
||||
void ResetTools( TOOL_BASE::RESET_REASON aReason );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Takes an event from the TOOL_DISPATCHER and propagates it to
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -69,9 +69,6 @@ namespace hed {
|
|||
|
||||
struct TTLtraits {
|
||||
|
||||
// The actual triangulation object
|
||||
static Triangulation* triang_;
|
||||
|
||||
/** The floating point type used in calculations
|
||||
* involving scalar products and cross products.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -172,127 +169,6 @@ namespace hed {
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//@} // End of Geometric Predicates Group
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// A rationale for directing these functions to traits is:
|
||||
// e.g., constraints
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/* Checks if the edge associated with \e dart should be swapped
|
||||
* according to the Delaunay criterion.<br>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note
|
||||
* This function is also present in the TTL as ttl::swapTestDelaunay.<br>
|
||||
* Thus, the function can be implemented simply as:
|
||||
* \code
|
||||
* { return ttl::swapTestDelaunay<TTLtraits>(dart); }
|
||||
* \endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//static bool swapTestDelaunay(const Dart& dart) {
|
||||
// return ttl::swapTestDelaunay<TTLtraits>(dart);
|
||||
//}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/* Checks if the edge associated with \e dart can be swapped, i.e.,
|
||||
* if the edge is a diagonal in a (strictly) convex quadrilateral.
|
||||
* This function is also present as ttl::swappableEdge.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//static bool swappableEdge(const Dart& dart) {
|
||||
// return ttl::swappableEdge<TTLtraits>(dart);
|
||||
//}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/* Checks if the edge associated with \e dart should be \e fixed, meaning
|
||||
* that it should never be swapped. ??? Use when constraints.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//static bool fixedEdge(const Dart& dart) {
|
||||
// return dart.getEdge()->isConstrained();
|
||||
//}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// ----------------------- Functions for Delaunay Triangulation Group -------------------------
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
/** @name Functions for Delaunay Triangulation */
|
||||
//@{
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/** Swaps the edge associated with \e dart in the actual data structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <center>
|
||||
* \image html swapEdge.gif
|
||||
* </center>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param dart
|
||||
* Some of the functions require a dart as output.
|
||||
* If this is required by the actual function, the dart should be delivered
|
||||
* back in a position as seen if it was glued to the edge when swapping (rotating)
|
||||
* the edge CCW; see the figure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note
|
||||
* - If the edge is \e constrained, or if it should not be swapped for
|
||||
* some other reason, this function need not do the actual swap of the edge.
|
||||
* - Some functions in TTL require that \c swapEdge is implemented such that
|
||||
* darts outside the quadrilateral are not affected by the swap.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void swapEdge(Dart& dart) {
|
||||
if (!dart.getEdge()->isConstrained()) triang_->swapEdge(dart.getEdge());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/** Splits the triangle associated with \e dart in the actual data structure into
|
||||
* three new triangles joining at \e point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <center>
|
||||
* \image html splitTriangle.gif
|
||||
* </center>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param dart
|
||||
* Output: A CCW dart incident with the new node; see the figure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void splitTriangle(Dart& dart, NodePtr point) {
|
||||
EdgePtr edge = triang_->splitTriangle(dart.getEdge(), point);
|
||||
dart.init(edge);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//@} // End of Functions for Delaunay Triangulation group
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// --------------------------- Functions for removing nodes Group -----------------------------
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
/** @name Functions for removing nodes */
|
||||
//@{
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/** The reverse operation of TTLtraits::splitTriangle.
|
||||
* This function is only required for functions that involve
|
||||
* removal of interior nodes; see for example ttl::removeInteriorNode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <center>
|
||||
* \image html reverse_splitTriangle.gif
|
||||
* </center>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void reverse_splitTriangle(Dart& dart) {
|
||||
triang_->reverse_splitTriangle(dart.getEdge());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/** Removes a triangle with an edge at the boundary of the triangulation
|
||||
* in the actual data structure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void removeBoundaryTriangle(Dart& d) {
|
||||
triang_->removeTriangle(d.getEdge());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//@} // End of Functions for removing nodes Group
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
}; // End of hed namespace
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -51,9 +51,13 @@
|
|||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <iostream>
|
||||
#include <fstream>
|
||||
#include <ttl/ttl.h>
|
||||
#include <ttl/ttl_util.h>
|
||||
#include <boost/shared_ptr.hpp>
|
||||
#include <boost/weak_ptr.hpp>
|
||||
|
||||
namespace ttl {
|
||||
class TriangulationHelper;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// The half-edge data structure
|
||||
|
@ -65,6 +69,7 @@ namespace hed {
|
|||
class Edge;
|
||||
typedef boost::shared_ptr<Node> NodePtr;
|
||||
typedef boost::shared_ptr<Edge> EdgePtr;
|
||||
typedef boost::weak_ptr<Edge> EdgeWeakPtr;
|
||||
typedef std::vector<NodePtr> NodesContainer;
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
@ -151,8 +156,7 @@ public:
|
|||
class Edge {
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Constructor
|
||||
Edge() : weight_(0)
|
||||
{ flags_.isLeadingEdge_ = false; flags_.isConstrained_ = false; }
|
||||
Edge() : weight_(0), isLeadingEdge_(false) {}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destructor
|
||||
virtual ~Edge() {}
|
||||
|
@ -167,49 +171,52 @@ public:
|
|||
void setTwinEdge(const EdgePtr& edge) { twinEdge_ = edge; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the edge as a leading edge
|
||||
void setAsLeadingEdge(bool val=true) { flags_.isLeadingEdge_ = val; }
|
||||
void setAsLeadingEdge(bool val=true) { isLeadingEdge_ = val; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Checks if an edge is a leading edge
|
||||
bool isLeadingEdge() const { return flags_.isLeadingEdge_; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the edge as a constrained edge
|
||||
void setConstrained(bool val=true) { flags_.isConstrained_ = val;
|
||||
if (twinEdge_) twinEdge_->flags_.isConstrained_ = val; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Checks if an edge is constrained
|
||||
bool isConstrained() const { return flags_.isConstrained_; }
|
||||
bool isLeadingEdge() const { return isLeadingEdge_; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the twin edge
|
||||
const EdgePtr& getTwinEdge() const { return twinEdge_; };
|
||||
EdgePtr getTwinEdge() const { return twinEdge_.lock(); };
|
||||
|
||||
void clearTwinEdge() { twinEdge_.reset(); }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the next edge in face
|
||||
const EdgePtr& getNextEdgeInFace() const { return nextEdgeInFace_; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Retuns the source node
|
||||
virtual const NodePtr& getSourceNode() const { return sourceNode_; }
|
||||
const NodePtr& getSourceNode() const { return sourceNode_; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the target node
|
||||
virtual const NodePtr& getTargetNode() const { return getNextEdgeInFace()->getSourceNode(); }
|
||||
virtual const NodePtr& getTargetNode() const { return nextEdgeInFace_->getSourceNode(); }
|
||||
|
||||
void setWeight( unsigned int weight ) { weight_ = weight; }
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int getWeight() const { return weight_; }
|
||||
|
||||
void clear()
|
||||
{
|
||||
sourceNode_.reset();
|
||||
nextEdgeInFace_.reset();
|
||||
|
||||
if( !twinEdge_.expired() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
twinEdge_.lock()->clearTwinEdge();
|
||||
twinEdge_.reset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
NodePtr sourceNode_;
|
||||
EdgePtr twinEdge_;
|
||||
EdgeWeakPtr twinEdge_;
|
||||
EdgePtr nextEdgeInFace_;
|
||||
unsigned int weight_;
|
||||
|
||||
struct {
|
||||
bool isLeadingEdge_;
|
||||
bool isConstrained_;
|
||||
} flags_;
|
||||
}; // End of class Edge
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** \class EdgeMST
|
||||
* \brief \b %Specialization of Edge class to be used for Minimum Spanning Tree algorithm.
|
||||
* \brief \b Specialization of %Edge class to be used for Minimum Spanning Tree algorithm.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class EdgeMST : public Edge
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -221,10 +228,17 @@ public:
|
|||
target_(target)
|
||||
{ sourceNode_ = source; weight_ = weight; }
|
||||
|
||||
EdgeMST( const Edge& edge )
|
||||
{
|
||||
sourceNode_ = edge.getSourceNode();
|
||||
target_ = edge.getTargetNode();
|
||||
weight_ = edge.getWeight();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
~EdgeMST() {};
|
||||
|
||||
/// @copydoc Edge::setSourceNode()
|
||||
const NodePtr& getTargetNode() const { return target_; }
|
||||
virtual const NodePtr& getTargetNode() const { return target_; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -242,26 +256,75 @@ public:
|
|||
class Triangulation {
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
list<EdgePtr> leadingEdges_; // one half-edge for each arc
|
||||
std::list<EdgePtr> leadingEdges_; // one half-edge for each arc
|
||||
|
||||
ttl::TriangulationHelper* helper;
|
||||
|
||||
void addLeadingEdge(EdgePtr& edge) {
|
||||
edge->setAsLeadingEdge();
|
||||
leadingEdges_.push_front( edge );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool removeLeadingEdgeFromList(EdgePtr& leadingEdge);
|
||||
|
||||
void cleanAll();
|
||||
|
||||
/** Swaps the edge associated with \e dart in the actual data structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <center>
|
||||
* \image html swapEdge.gif
|
||||
* </center>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param dart
|
||||
* Some of the functions require a dart as output.
|
||||
* If this is required by the actual function, the dart should be delivered
|
||||
* back in a position as seen if it was glued to the edge when swapping (rotating)
|
||||
* the edge CCW; see the figure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note
|
||||
* - If the edge is \e constrained, or if it should not be swapped for
|
||||
* some other reason, this function need not do the actual swap of the edge.
|
||||
* - Some functions in TTL require that \c swapEdge is implemented such that
|
||||
* darts outside the quadrilateral are not affected by the swap.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void swapEdge(Dart& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Splits the triangle associated with \e dart in the actual data structure into
|
||||
* three new triangles joining at \e point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <center>
|
||||
* \image html splitTriangle.gif
|
||||
* </center>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param dart
|
||||
* Output: A CCW dart incident with the new node; see the figure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void splitTriangle(Dart& dart, const NodePtr& point);
|
||||
|
||||
/** The reverse operation of TTLtraits::splitTriangle.
|
||||
* This function is only required for functions that involve
|
||||
* removal of interior nodes; see for example TrinagulationHelper::removeInteriorNode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <center>
|
||||
* \image html reverse_splitTriangle.gif
|
||||
* </center>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void reverse_splitTriangle(Dart& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Removes a triangle with an edge at the boundary of the triangulation
|
||||
* in the actual data structure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void removeBoundaryTriangle(Dart& d);
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/// Default constructor
|
||||
Triangulation() {}
|
||||
Triangulation();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Copy constructor
|
||||
Triangulation(const Triangulation& tr) {
|
||||
std::cout << "Triangulation: Copy constructor not present - EXIT.";
|
||||
exit(-1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
Triangulation(const Triangulation& tr);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Destructor
|
||||
~Triangulation() { cleanAll(); }
|
||||
~Triangulation();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Creates a Delaunay triangulation from a set of points
|
||||
void createDelaunay(NodesContainer::iterator first,
|
||||
|
@ -280,7 +343,7 @@ public:
|
|||
void swapEdge(EdgePtr& diagonal);
|
||||
|
||||
/// Splits the triangle associated with edge into three new triangles joining at point
|
||||
EdgePtr splitTriangle(EdgePtr& edge, NodePtr& point);
|
||||
EdgePtr splitTriangle(EdgePtr& edge, const NodePtr& point);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Functions required by TTL for removing nodes in a Delaunay triangulation
|
||||
|
@ -295,20 +358,20 @@ public:
|
|||
Dart createDart();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a list of "triangles" (one leading half-edge for each triangle)
|
||||
const list<EdgePtr>& getLeadingEdges() const { return leadingEdges_; }
|
||||
const std::list<EdgePtr>& getLeadingEdges() const { return leadingEdges_; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns the number of triangles
|
||||
int noTriangles() const { return (int)leadingEdges_.size(); }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a list of half-edges (one half-edge for each arc)
|
||||
list<EdgePtr>* getEdges(bool skip_boundary_edges = false) const;
|
||||
std::list<EdgePtr>* getEdges(bool skip_boundary_edges = false) const;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TTL_USE_NODE_FLAG
|
||||
/// Sets flag in all the nodes
|
||||
void flagNodes(bool flag) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a list of nodes. This function requires TTL_USE_NODE_FLAG to be defined. \see Node.
|
||||
list<NodePtr>* getNodes() const;
|
||||
std::list<NodePtr>* getNodes() const;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// Swaps edges until the triangulation is Delaunay (constrained edges are not swapped)
|
||||
|
@ -320,12 +383,16 @@ public:
|
|||
/// Returns an arbitrary interior node (as the source node of the returned edge)
|
||||
EdgePtr getInteriorNode() const;
|
||||
|
||||
EdgePtr getBoundaryEdgeInTriangle(const EdgePtr& e) const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns an arbitrary boundary edge
|
||||
EdgePtr getBoundaryEdge() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// Print edges for plotting with, e.g., gnuplot
|
||||
void printEdges(std::ofstream& os) const;
|
||||
|
||||
friend class ttl::TriangulationHelper;
|
||||
|
||||
}; // End of class Triangulation
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -52,8 +52,6 @@
|
|||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
using std::list;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Next on TOPOLOGY:
|
||||
// - get triangle strips
|
||||
|
@ -102,7 +100,7 @@
|
|||
* - \e CW - clockwise
|
||||
* - \e 0_orbit, \e 1_orbit and \e 2_orbit: A sequence of darts around
|
||||
* a node, around an edge and in a triangle respectively;
|
||||
* see ttl::get_0_orbit_interior and ttl::get_0_orbit_boundary
|
||||
* see get_0_orbit_interior and get_0_orbit_boundary
|
||||
* - \e arc - In a triangulation an arc is equivalent with an edge
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \see
|
||||
|
@ -115,14 +113,14 @@
|
|||
|
||||
namespace ttl {
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class TriangulationHelper
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// ----------------------------------- Forward declarations -------------------------------------
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
#if ((_MSC_VER > 0) && (_MSC_VER < 1300))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
public:
|
||||
TriangulationHelper(hed::Triangulation& triang) : triangulation(triang)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Delaunay Triangulation
|
||||
// ----------------------
|
||||
|
@ -145,55 +143,55 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
// Topological and Geometric Queries
|
||||
// ---------------------------------
|
||||
template<class TraitsType, class PointType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool locateFaceSimplest(const PointType& point, DartType& dart);
|
||||
static bool locateFaceSimplest(const PointType& point, DartType& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class TraitsType, class PointType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool locateTriangle(const PointType& point, DartType& dart);
|
||||
static bool locateTriangle(const PointType& point, DartType& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class TraitsType, class PointType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool inTriangleSimplest(const PointType& point, const DartType& dart);
|
||||
static bool inTriangleSimplest(const PointType& point, const DartType& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class TraitsType, class PointType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool inTriangle(const PointType& point, const DartType& dart);
|
||||
static bool inTriangle(const PointType& point, const DartType& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class DartType, class DartListType>
|
||||
void getBoundary(const DartType& dart, DartListType& boundary);
|
||||
static void getBoundary(const DartType& dart, DartListType& boundary);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class DartType>
|
||||
bool isBoundaryEdge(const DartType& dart);
|
||||
static bool isBoundaryEdge(const DartType& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class DartType>
|
||||
bool isBoundaryFace(const DartType& dart);
|
||||
static bool isBoundaryFace(const DartType& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class DartType>
|
||||
bool isBoundaryNode(const DartType& dart);
|
||||
static bool isBoundaryNode(const DartType& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class DartType>
|
||||
int getDegreeOfNode(const DartType& dart);
|
||||
static int getDegreeOfNode(const DartType& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class DartType, class DartListType>
|
||||
void get_0_orbit_interior(const DartType& dart, DartListType& orbit);
|
||||
static void get_0_orbit_interior(const DartType& dart, DartListType& orbit);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class DartType, class DartListType>
|
||||
void get_0_orbit_boundary(const DartType& dart, DartListType& orbit);
|
||||
static void get_0_orbit_boundary(const DartType& dart, DartListType& orbit);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class DartType>
|
||||
bool same_0_orbit(const DartType& d1, const DartType& d2);
|
||||
static bool same_0_orbit(const DartType& d1, const DartType& d2);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class DartType>
|
||||
bool same_1_orbit(const DartType& d1, const DartType& d2);
|
||||
static bool same_1_orbit(const DartType& d1, const DartType& d2);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class DartType>
|
||||
bool same_2_orbit(const DartType& d1, const DartType& d2);
|
||||
static bool same_2_orbit(const DartType& d1, const DartType& d2);
|
||||
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool swappableEdge(const DartType& dart, bool allowDegeneracy = false);
|
||||
static bool swappableEdge(const DartType& dart, bool allowDegeneracy = false);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class DartType>
|
||||
void positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(DartType& dart);
|
||||
static void positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(DartType& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool convexBoundary(const DartType& dart);
|
||||
static bool convexBoundary(const DartType& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Utilities for Delaunay Triangulation
|
||||
|
@ -205,7 +203,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
void optimizeDelaunay(DartListType& elist, const typename DartListType::iterator end);
|
||||
|
||||
template<class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool swapTestDelaunay(const DartType& dart, bool cycling_check = false);
|
||||
bool swapTestDelaunay(const DartType& dart, bool cycling_check = false) const;
|
||||
|
||||
template<class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
void recSwapDelaunay(DartType& diagonal);
|
||||
|
@ -223,9 +221,29 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
// Constrained Triangulation
|
||||
// -------------------------
|
||||
template<class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
DartType insertConstraint(DartType& dstart, DartType& dend, bool optimize_delaunay);
|
||||
static DartType insertConstraint(DartType& dstart, DartType& dend, bool optimize_delaunay);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
private:
|
||||
hed::Triangulation& triangulation;
|
||||
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class ForwardIterator, class DartType>
|
||||
void insertNodes(ForwardIterator first, ForwardIterator last, DartType& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
template <class TopologyElementType, class DartType>
|
||||
static bool isMemberOfFace(const TopologyElementType& topologyElement, const DartType& dart);
|
||||
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class NodeType, class DartType>
|
||||
static bool locateFaceWithNode(const NodeType& node, DartType& dart_iter);
|
||||
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
static void getAdjacentTriangles(const DartType& dart, DartType& t1, DartType& t2, DartType& t3);
|
||||
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
static void getNeighborNodes(const DartType& dart, std::list<DartType>& node_list, bool& boundary);
|
||||
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
static bool degenerateTriangle(const DartType& dart);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -245,7 +263,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* can be created as two triangles forming a rectangle that contains
|
||||
* all the points.
|
||||
* After \c insertNode has been called repeatedly with all the points,
|
||||
* ttl::removeRectangularBoundary can be called to remove triangles
|
||||
* removeRectangularBoundary can be called to remove triangles
|
||||
* at the boundary of the triangulation so that the boundary
|
||||
* form the convex hull of the points.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
@ -268,19 +286,19 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* - \ref hed::TTLtraits::splitTriangle "TraitsType::splitTriangle" (DartType&, const PointType&)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \using
|
||||
* - ttl::locateTriangle
|
||||
* - ttl::recSwapDelaunay
|
||||
* - locateTriangle
|
||||
* - recSwapDelaunay
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note
|
||||
* - For efficiency reasons \e dart should be close to the insertion \e point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \see
|
||||
* ttl::removeRectangularBoundary
|
||||
* removeRectangularBoundary
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType, class PointType>
|
||||
bool insertNode(DartType& dart, PointType& point) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::insertNode(DartType& dart, PointType& point) {
|
||||
|
||||
bool found = ttl::locateTriangle<TraitsType>(point, dart);
|
||||
bool found = locateTriangle<TraitsType>(point, dart);
|
||||
if (!found) {
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_TTL
|
||||
cout << "ERROR: Triangulation::insertNode: NO triangle found. /n";
|
||||
|
@ -289,7 +307,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ??? can we hide the dart? this is not possible if one triangle only
|
||||
TraitsType::splitTriangle(dart, point);
|
||||
triangulation.splitTriangle(dart, point);
|
||||
|
||||
DartType d1 = dart;
|
||||
d1.alpha2().alpha1().alpha2().alpha0().alpha1();
|
||||
|
@ -304,14 +322,14 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
//DartType dsav = d3;
|
||||
d3.alpha0().alpha1();
|
||||
|
||||
//if (!TraitsType::fixedEdge(d1) && !ttl::isBoundaryEdge(d1)) {
|
||||
if (!ttl::isBoundaryEdge(d1)) {
|
||||
//if (!TraitsType::fixedEdge(d1) && !isBoundaryEdge(d1)) {
|
||||
if (!isBoundaryEdge(d1)) {
|
||||
d1.alpha2();
|
||||
recSwapDelaunay<TraitsType>(d1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//if (!TraitsType::fixedEdge(d2) && !ttl::isBoundaryEdge(d2)) {
|
||||
if (!ttl::isBoundaryEdge(d2)) {
|
||||
//if (!TraitsType::fixedEdge(d2) && !isBoundaryEdge(d2)) {
|
||||
if (!isBoundaryEdge(d2)) {
|
||||
d2.alpha2();
|
||||
recSwapDelaunay<TraitsType>(d2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -319,8 +337,8 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
// Preserve the incoming dart as output incident to the node and CCW
|
||||
//d = dsav.alpha2();
|
||||
dart.alpha2();
|
||||
//if (!TraitsType::fixedEdge(d3) && !ttl::isBoundaryEdge(d3)) {
|
||||
if (!ttl::isBoundaryEdge(d3)) {
|
||||
//if (!TraitsType::fixedEdge(d3) && !isBoundaryEdge(d3)) {
|
||||
if (!isBoundaryEdge(d3)) {
|
||||
d3.alpha2();
|
||||
recSwapDelaunay<TraitsType>(d3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -332,7 +350,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Private/Hidden function (might change later)
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class ForwardIterator, class DartType>
|
||||
void insertNodes(ForwardIterator first, ForwardIterator last, DartType& dart) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::insertNodes(ForwardIterator first, ForwardIterator last, DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Assumes that the dereferenced point objects are pointers.
|
||||
// References to the point objects are then passed to TTL.
|
||||
|
@ -355,14 +373,14 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* Output: A CCW dart at the new boundary
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \using
|
||||
* - ttl::removeBoundaryNode
|
||||
* - removeBoundaryNode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note
|
||||
* - This function requires that the boundary of the triangulation is
|
||||
* a rectangle with four nodes (one in each corner).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
void removeRectangularBoundary(DartType& dart) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::removeRectangularBoundary(DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
DartType d_next = dart;
|
||||
DartType d_iter;
|
||||
|
@ -370,8 +388,8 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
|
||||
d_iter = d_next;
|
||||
d_next.alpha0();
|
||||
ttl::positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(d_next);
|
||||
ttl::removeBoundaryNode<TraitsType>(d_iter);
|
||||
positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(d_next);
|
||||
removeBoundaryNode<TraitsType>(d_iter);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dart = d_next; // Return a dart at the new boundary
|
||||
|
@ -383,20 +401,20 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* updates the triangulation to be Delaunay.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \using
|
||||
* - ttl::removeBoundaryNode if \e dart represents a node at the boundary
|
||||
* - ttl::removeInteriorNode if \e dart represents an interior node
|
||||
* - removeBoundaryNode if \e dart represents a node at the boundary
|
||||
* - removeInteriorNode if \e dart represents an interior node
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note
|
||||
* - The node cannot belong to a fixed (constrained) edge that is not
|
||||
* swappable. (An endless loop is likely to occur in this case).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
void removeNode(DartType& dart) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::removeNode(DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (ttl::isBoundaryNode(dart))
|
||||
ttl::removeBoundaryNode<TraitsType>(dart);
|
||||
if (isBoundaryNode(dart))
|
||||
removeBoundaryNode<TraitsType>(dart);
|
||||
else
|
||||
ttl::removeInteriorNode<TraitsType>(dart);
|
||||
removeInteriorNode<TraitsType>(dart);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -405,14 +423,14 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* updates the triangulation to be Delaunay.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \using
|
||||
* - ttl::swapEdgesAwayFromBoundaryNode
|
||||
* - ttl::optimizeDelaunay
|
||||
* - swapEdgesAwayFromBoundaryNode
|
||||
* - optimizeDelaunay
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \require
|
||||
* - \ref hed::TTLtraits::removeBoundaryTriangle "TraitsType::removeBoundaryTriangle" (Dart&)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
void removeBoundaryNode(DartType& dart) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::removeBoundaryNode(DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
// ... and update Delaunay
|
||||
// - CCW dart must be given (for remove)
|
||||
|
@ -420,13 +438,13 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
// we assume that there is not only one triangle left in the triangulation.
|
||||
|
||||
// Position at boundary edge and CCW
|
||||
if (!ttl::isBoundaryEdge(dart)) {
|
||||
if (!isBoundaryEdge(dart)) {
|
||||
dart.alpha1(); // ensures that next function delivers back a CCW dart (if the given dart is CCW)
|
||||
ttl::positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(dart);
|
||||
positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(dart);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
list<DartType> swapped_edges;
|
||||
ttl::swapEdgesAwayFromBoundaryNode<TraitsType>(dart, swapped_edges);
|
||||
std::list<DartType> swapped_edges;
|
||||
swapEdgesAwayFromBoundaryNode<TraitsType>(dart, swapped_edges);
|
||||
|
||||
// Remove boundary triangles and remove the new boundary from the list
|
||||
// of swapped edges, see below.
|
||||
|
@ -435,7 +453,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
bool bend = false;
|
||||
while (bend == false) {
|
||||
dnext.alpha1().alpha2();
|
||||
if (ttl::isBoundaryEdge(dnext))
|
||||
if (isBoundaryEdge(dnext))
|
||||
bend = true; // Stop when boundary
|
||||
|
||||
// Generic: Also remove the new boundary from the list of swapped edges
|
||||
|
@ -443,20 +461,20 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
n_bedge.alpha1().alpha0().alpha1().alpha2(); // new boundary edge
|
||||
|
||||
// ??? can we avoid find if we do this in swap away?
|
||||
typename list<DartType>::iterator it;
|
||||
typename std::list<DartType>::iterator it;
|
||||
it = find(swapped_edges.begin(), swapped_edges.end(), n_bedge);
|
||||
|
||||
if (it != swapped_edges.end())
|
||||
swapped_edges.erase(it);
|
||||
|
||||
// Remove the boundary triangle
|
||||
TraitsType::removeBoundaryTriangle(d_iter);
|
||||
triangulation.removeBoundaryTriangle(d_iter);
|
||||
d_iter = dnext;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Optimize Delaunay
|
||||
typedef list<DartType> DartListType;
|
||||
ttl::optimizeDelaunay<TraitsType, DartType, DartListType>(swapped_edges);
|
||||
typedef std::list<DartType> DartListType;
|
||||
optimizeDelaunay<TraitsType, DartType, DartListType>(swapped_edges);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -465,8 +483,8 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* updates the triangulation to be Delaunay.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \using
|
||||
* - ttl::swapEdgesAwayFromInteriorNode
|
||||
* - ttl::optimizeDelaunay
|
||||
* - swapEdgesAwayFromInteriorNode
|
||||
* - optimizeDelaunay
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \require
|
||||
* - \ref hed::TTLtraits::reverse_splitTriangle "TraitsType::reverse_splitTriangle" (Dart&)
|
||||
|
@ -476,7 +494,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* swappable. (An endless loop is likely to occur in this case).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
void removeInteriorNode(DartType& dart) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::removeInteriorNode(DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
// ... and update to Delaunay.
|
||||
// Must allow degeneracy temporarily, see comments in swap edges away
|
||||
|
@ -492,13 +510,13 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
|
||||
// Assumes dart is counterclockwise
|
||||
|
||||
list<DartType> swapped_edges;
|
||||
ttl::swapEdgesAwayFromInteriorNode<TraitsType>(dart, swapped_edges);
|
||||
std::list<DartType> swapped_edges;
|
||||
swapEdgesAwayFromInteriorNode<TraitsType>(dart, swapped_edges);
|
||||
|
||||
// The reverse operation of split triangle:
|
||||
// Make one triangle of the three triangles at the node associated with dart
|
||||
// TraitsType::
|
||||
TraitsType::reverse_splitTriangle(dart);
|
||||
triangulation.reverse_splitTriangle(dart);
|
||||
|
||||
// ???? Not generic yet if we are very strict:
|
||||
// When calling unsplit triangle, darts at the three opposite sides may
|
||||
|
@ -511,7 +529,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
// Note the theoretical result: if there are no edges in the list,
|
||||
// the triangulation is Delaunay already
|
||||
|
||||
ttl::optimizeDelaunay<TraitsType, DartType>(swapped_edges);
|
||||
optimizeDelaunay<TraitsType, DartType>(swapped_edges);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//@} // End of Delaunay Triangulation Group
|
||||
|
@ -527,7 +545,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Private/Hidden function (might change later)
|
||||
template <class TopologyElementType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool isMemberOfFace(const TopologyElementType& topologyElement, const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::isMemberOfFace(const TopologyElementType& topologyElement, const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if the given topology element (node, edge or face) is a member of the face
|
||||
// Assumes:
|
||||
|
@ -547,7 +565,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Private/Hidden function (might change later)
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class NodeType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool locateFaceWithNode(const NodeType& node, DartType& dart_iter) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::locateFaceWithNode(const NodeType& node, DartType& dart_iter) {
|
||||
// Locate a face in the topology structure with the given node as a member
|
||||
// Assumes:
|
||||
// - TraitsType::orient2d(DartType, DartType, NodeType)
|
||||
|
@ -594,10 +612,10 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* \e regular as explained above.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \see
|
||||
* ttl::locateTriangle
|
||||
* locateTriangle
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class PointType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool locateFaceSimplest(const PointType& point, DartType& dart) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::locateFaceSimplest(const PointType& point, DartType& dart) {
|
||||
// Not degenerate triangles if point is on the extension of the edges
|
||||
// But inTriangle may be called in case of true (may update to inFace2)
|
||||
// Convex boundary
|
||||
|
@ -660,11 +678,11 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* then the edge associated with \e dart will be at the boundary of the triangulation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \using
|
||||
* - ttl::locateFaceSimplest
|
||||
* - ttl::inTriangle
|
||||
* - locateFaceSimplest
|
||||
* - inTriangle
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class PointType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool locateTriangle(const PointType& point, DartType& dart) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::locateTriangle(const PointType& point, DartType& dart) {
|
||||
// The purpose is to have a fast and stable procedure that
|
||||
// i) avoids concluding that a point is inside a triangle if it is not inside
|
||||
// ii) avoids infinite loops
|
||||
|
@ -713,10 +731,10 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* - \ref hed::TTLtraits::orient2d "TraitsType::orient2d" (DartType&, DartType&, PointType&)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \see
|
||||
* ttl::inTriangle for a more robust function
|
||||
* inTriangle for a more robust function
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class PointType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool inTriangleSimplest(const PointType& point, const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::inTriangleSimplest(const PointType& point, const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Fast and simple: Do not deal with degenerate faces, i.e., if there is
|
||||
// degeneracy, true will be returned if the point is on the extension of the
|
||||
|
@ -757,10 +775,10 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* - \ref hed::TTLtraits::scalarProduct2d "TraitsType::scalarProduct2d" (DartType&, PointType&)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \see
|
||||
* ttl::inTriangleSimplest
|
||||
* inTriangleSimplest
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class PointType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool inTriangle(const PointType& point, const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::inTriangle(const PointType& point, const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
// SHOULD WE INCLUDE A STRATEGY WITH EDGE X e_1 ETC? TO GUARANTEE THAT
|
||||
// ONLY ON ONE EDGE? BUT THIS DOES NOT SOLVE PROBLEMS WITH
|
||||
|
@ -841,7 +859,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Private/Hidden function (might change later)
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
void getAdjacentTriangles(const DartType& dart, DartType& t1, DartType& t2, DartType& t3) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::getAdjacentTriangles(const DartType& dart, DartType& t1, DartType& t2, DartType& t3) {
|
||||
|
||||
DartType dart_iter = dart;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -886,7 +904,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* - DartListType::push_back (DartType&)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class DartType, class DartListType>
|
||||
void getBoundary(const DartType& dart, DartListType& boundary) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::getBoundary(const DartType& dart, DartListType& boundary) {
|
||||
// assumes the given dart is at the boundary (by edge)
|
||||
|
||||
DartType dart_iter(dart);
|
||||
|
@ -932,7 +950,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* \endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
bool isBoundaryEdge(const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::isBoundaryEdge(const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
DartType dart_iter = dart;
|
||||
if (dart_iter.alpha2() == dart)
|
||||
|
@ -947,7 +965,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* the boundary of the triangulation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
bool isBoundaryFace(const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::isBoundaryFace(const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Strategy: boundary if alpha2(d)=d
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -976,7 +994,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* the boundary of the triangulation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
bool isBoundaryNode(const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::isBoundaryNode(const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Strategy: boundary if alpha2(d)=d
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1009,7 +1027,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* the number of edges joining \e V with another node in the triangulation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
int getDegreeOfNode(const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
int TriangulationHelper::getDegreeOfNode(const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
DartType dart_iter(dart);
|
||||
DartType dart_prev;
|
||||
|
@ -1069,7 +1087,8 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
|
||||
// Private/Hidden function
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
void getNeighborNodes(const DartType& dart, std::list<DartType>& node_list, bool& boundary) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::getNeighborNodes(const DartType& dart,
|
||||
std::list<DartType>& node_list, bool& boundary) {
|
||||
|
||||
DartType dart_iter(dart);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1131,10 +1150,10 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* - DartListType::push_back (DartType&)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \see
|
||||
* ttl::get_0_orbit_boundary
|
||||
* get_0_orbit_boundary
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class DartType, class DartListType>
|
||||
void get_0_orbit_interior(const DartType& dart, DartListType& orbit) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::get_0_orbit_interior(const DartType& dart, DartListType& orbit) {
|
||||
|
||||
DartType d_iter = dart;
|
||||
orbit.push_back(d_iter);
|
||||
|
@ -1165,10 +1184,10 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* - The last dart in the sequence have opposite orientation compared to the others!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \see
|
||||
* ttl::get_0_orbit_interior
|
||||
* get_0_orbit_interior
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class DartType, class DartListType>
|
||||
void get_0_orbit_boundary(const DartType& dart, DartListType& orbit) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::get_0_orbit_boundary(const DartType& dart, DartListType& orbit) {
|
||||
|
||||
DartType dart_prev;
|
||||
DartType d_iter = dart;
|
||||
|
@ -1195,17 +1214,17 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* own version.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
bool same_0_orbit(const DartType& d1, const DartType& d2) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::same_0_orbit(const DartType& d1, const DartType& d2) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Two copies of the same dart
|
||||
DartType d_iter = d2;
|
||||
DartType d_end = d2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ttl::isBoundaryNode(d_iter)) {
|
||||
if (isBoundaryNode(d_iter)) {
|
||||
// position at both boundary edges
|
||||
ttl::positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(d_iter);
|
||||
positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(d_iter);
|
||||
d_end.alpha1();
|
||||
ttl::positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(d_end);
|
||||
positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(d_end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;) {
|
||||
|
@ -1229,7 +1248,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* \e d1 and/or \e d2 can be CCW or CW.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
bool same_1_orbit(const DartType& d1, const DartType& d2) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::same_1_orbit(const DartType& d1, const DartType& d2) {
|
||||
|
||||
DartType d_iter = d2;
|
||||
// (Also works at the boundary)
|
||||
|
@ -1245,7 +1264,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* \e d1 and/or \e d2 can be CCW or CW
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
bool same_2_orbit(const DartType& d1, const DartType& d2) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::same_2_orbit(const DartType& d1, const DartType& d2) {
|
||||
|
||||
DartType d_iter = d2;
|
||||
if (d_iter == d1 || d_iter.alpha0() == d1 ||
|
||||
|
@ -1259,7 +1278,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
// Private/Hidden function
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool degenerateTriangle(const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::degenerateTriangle(const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if triangle is degenerate
|
||||
// Assumes CCW dart
|
||||
|
@ -1287,7 +1306,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* - \ref hed::TTLtraits::crossProduct2d "TraitsType::crossProduct2d" (Dart&, Dart&)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool swappableEdge(const DartType& dart, bool allowDegeneracy) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::swappableEdge(const DartType& dart, bool allowDegeneracy) {
|
||||
|
||||
// How "safe" is it?
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1340,7 +1359,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* infinit loop occurs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
void positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(DartType& dart) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
DartType dart_prev;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1365,14 +1384,14 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* - \ref hed::TTLtraits::crossProduct2d "TraitsType::crossProduct2d" (const Dart&, const Dart&)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool convexBoundary(const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::convexBoundary(const DartType& dart) {
|
||||
|
||||
list<DartType> blist;
|
||||
ttl::getBoundary(dart, blist);
|
||||
std::list<DartType> blist;
|
||||
getBoundary(dart, blist);
|
||||
|
||||
int no;
|
||||
no = (int)blist.size();
|
||||
typename list<DartType>::const_iterator bit = blist.begin();
|
||||
typename std::list<DartType>::const_iterator bit = blist.begin();
|
||||
DartType d1 = *bit;
|
||||
++bit;
|
||||
DartType d2;
|
||||
|
@ -1428,17 +1447,17 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* seen if it was glued to the edge when swapping (rotating) the edge CCW
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \using
|
||||
* - ttl::swapTestDelaunay
|
||||
* - swapTestDelaunay
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType, class DartListType>
|
||||
void optimizeDelaunay(DartListType& elist) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::optimizeDelaunay(DartListType& elist) {
|
||||
optimizeDelaunay<TraitsType, DartType, DartListType>(elist, elist.end());
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType, class DartListType>
|
||||
void optimizeDelaunay(DartListType& elist, const typename DartListType::iterator end) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::optimizeDelaunay(DartListType& elist, const typename DartListType::iterator end) {
|
||||
|
||||
// CCW darts
|
||||
// Optimize here means Delaunay, but could be any criterion by
|
||||
|
@ -1481,14 +1500,14 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
while(!optimal) {
|
||||
optimal = true;
|
||||
for (it = elist.begin(); it != end_opt; ++it) {
|
||||
if (ttl::swapTestDelaunay<TraitsType>(*it, cycling_check)) {
|
||||
if (swapTestDelaunay<TraitsType>(*it, cycling_check)) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Preserve darts. Potential darts in the list are:
|
||||
// - The current dart
|
||||
// - the four CCW darts on the boundary of the quadrilateral
|
||||
// (the current arc has only one dart)
|
||||
|
||||
ttl::swapEdgeInList<TraitsType, DartType>(it, elist);
|
||||
swapEdgeInList<TraitsType, DartType>(it, elist);
|
||||
|
||||
optimal = false;
|
||||
} // end if should swap
|
||||
|
@ -1513,9 +1532,9 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
#if ((_MSC_VER > 0) && (_MSC_VER < 1300))//#ifdef _MSC_VER
|
||||
bool swapTestDelaunay(const DartType& dart, bool cycling_check = false) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::swapTestDelaunay(const DartType& dart, bool cycling_check = false) const {
|
||||
#else
|
||||
bool swapTestDelaunay(const DartType& dart, bool cycling_check) {
|
||||
bool TriangulationHelper::swapTestDelaunay(const DartType& dart, bool cycling_check) const {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// The general strategy is taken from Cline & Renka. They claim that
|
||||
|
@ -1627,17 +1646,17 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* - Calls itself recursively
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
void recSwapDelaunay(DartType& diagonal) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::recSwapDelaunay(DartType& diagonal) {
|
||||
|
||||
if (!ttl::swapTestDelaunay<TraitsType>(diagonal))
|
||||
// ??? ttl::swapTestDelaunay also checks if boundary, so this can be optimized
|
||||
if (!swapTestDelaunay<TraitsType>(diagonal))
|
||||
// ??? swapTestDelaunay also checks if boundary, so this can be optimized
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the other "edges" of the current triangle; see illustration above.
|
||||
DartType oppEdge1 = diagonal;
|
||||
oppEdge1.alpha1();
|
||||
bool b1;
|
||||
if (ttl::isBoundaryEdge(oppEdge1))
|
||||
if (isBoundaryEdge(oppEdge1))
|
||||
b1 = true;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
b1 = false;
|
||||
|
@ -1648,7 +1667,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
DartType oppEdge2 = diagonal;
|
||||
oppEdge2.alpha0().alpha1().alpha0();
|
||||
bool b2;
|
||||
if (ttl::isBoundaryEdge(oppEdge2))
|
||||
if (isBoundaryEdge(oppEdge2))
|
||||
b2 = true;
|
||||
else {
|
||||
b2 = false;
|
||||
|
@ -1656,7 +1675,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Swap the given diagonal
|
||||
TraitsType::swapEdge(diagonal);
|
||||
triangulation.swapEdge(diagonal);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!b1)
|
||||
recSwapDelaunay<TraitsType>(oppEdge1);
|
||||
|
@ -1669,7 +1688,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
/** Swaps edges away from the (interior) node associated with
|
||||
* \e dart such that that exactly three edges remain incident
|
||||
* with the node.
|
||||
* This function is used as a first step in ttl::removeInteriorNode
|
||||
* This function is used as a first step in removeInteriorNode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval dart
|
||||
* A CCW dart incident with the node
|
||||
|
@ -1689,10 +1708,10 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* at the node that is given as input.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \see
|
||||
* ttl::swapEdgesAwayFromBoundaryNode
|
||||
* swapEdgesAwayFromBoundaryNode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType, class ListType>
|
||||
void swapEdgesAwayFromInteriorNode(DartType& dart, ListType& swapped_edges) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::swapEdgesAwayFromInteriorNode(DartType& dart, ListType& swapped_edges) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Same iteration as in fixEdgesAtCorner, but not boundary
|
||||
DartType dnext = dart;
|
||||
|
@ -1706,14 +1725,14 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
// infinite loop with degree > 3.
|
||||
bool allowDegeneracy = true;
|
||||
|
||||
int degree = ttl::getDegreeOfNode(dart);
|
||||
int degree = getDegreeOfNode(dart);
|
||||
DartType d_iter;
|
||||
while (degree > 3) {
|
||||
d_iter = dnext;
|
||||
dnext.alpha1().alpha2();
|
||||
|
||||
if (ttl::swappableEdge<TraitsType>(d_iter, allowDegeneracy)) {
|
||||
TraitsType::swapEdge(d_iter); // swap the edge away
|
||||
if (swappableEdge<TraitsType>(d_iter, allowDegeneracy)) {
|
||||
triangulation.swapEdge(d_iter); // swap the edge away
|
||||
// Collect swapped edges in the list
|
||||
// "Hide" the dart on the other side of the edge to avoid it being changed for
|
||||
// other swaps
|
||||
|
@ -1733,7 +1752,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
/** Swaps edges away from the (boundary) node associated with
|
||||
* \e dart in such a way that when removing the edges that remain incident
|
||||
* with the node, the boundary of the triangulation will be convex.
|
||||
* This function is used as a first step in ttl::removeBoundaryNode
|
||||
* This function is used as a first step in removeBoundaryNode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval dart
|
||||
* A CCW dart incident with the node
|
||||
|
@ -1747,10 +1766,10 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
* - The node associated with \e dart is at the boundary of the triangulation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \see
|
||||
* ttl::swapEdgesAwayFromInteriorNode
|
||||
* swapEdgesAwayFromInteriorNode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType, class ListType>
|
||||
void swapEdgesAwayFromBoundaryNode(DartType& dart, ListType& swapped_edges) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::swapEdgesAwayFromBoundaryNode(DartType& dart, ListType& swapped_edges) {
|
||||
|
||||
// All darts that are swappable.
|
||||
// To treat collinear nodes at an existing boundary, we must allow degeneracy
|
||||
|
@ -1762,7 +1781,7 @@ namespace ttl {
|
|||
// - A dart on the swapped edge is delivered back in a position as
|
||||
// seen if it was glued to the edge when swapping (rotating) the edge CCW
|
||||
|
||||
//int degree = ttl::getDegreeOfNode(dart);
|
||||
//int degree = getDegreeOfNode(dart);
|
||||
|
||||
passes:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1780,7 +1799,7 @@ passes:
|
|||
while (!bend) {
|
||||
|
||||
d_next.alpha1().alpha2();
|
||||
if (ttl::isBoundaryEdge(d_next))
|
||||
if (isBoundaryEdge(d_next))
|
||||
bend = true; // then it is CW since alpha2
|
||||
|
||||
// To allow removing among collinear nodes at the boundary,
|
||||
|
@ -1789,13 +1808,13 @@ passes:
|
|||
tmp1 = d_iter; tmp1.alpha1();
|
||||
tmp2 = d_iter; tmp2.alpha2().alpha1(); // don't bother with boundary (checked later)
|
||||
|
||||
if (ttl::isBoundaryEdge(tmp1) && ttl::isBoundaryEdge(tmp2))
|
||||
if (isBoundaryEdge(tmp1) && isBoundaryEdge(tmp2))
|
||||
allowDegeneracy = true;
|
||||
else
|
||||
allowDegeneracy = false;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ttl::swappableEdge<TraitsType>(d_iter, allowDegeneracy)) {
|
||||
TraitsType::swapEdge(d_iter);
|
||||
if (swappableEdge<TraitsType>(d_iter, allowDegeneracy)) {
|
||||
triangulation.swapEdge(d_iter);
|
||||
|
||||
// Collect swapped edges in the list
|
||||
// "Hide" the dart on the other side of the edge to avoid it being changed for
|
||||
|
@ -1821,7 +1840,7 @@ passes:
|
|||
else {
|
||||
d_iter.alpha1(); // CW and see below
|
||||
}
|
||||
ttl::positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(d_iter); // CCW
|
||||
positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(d_iter); // CCW
|
||||
|
||||
dart = d_iter; // for next pass or output
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1839,7 +1858,7 @@ passes:
|
|||
* keep them in \e elist.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType, class DartListType>
|
||||
void swapEdgeInList(const typename DartListType::iterator& it, DartListType& elist) {
|
||||
void TriangulationHelper::swapEdgeInList(const typename DartListType::iterator& it, DartListType& elist) {
|
||||
|
||||
typename DartListType::iterator it1, it2, it3, it4;
|
||||
DartType dart(*it);
|
||||
|
@ -1867,7 +1886,7 @@ passes:
|
|||
it3 = find(elist.begin(), elist.end(), d3);
|
||||
it4 = find(elist.begin(), elist.end(), d4);
|
||||
|
||||
TraitsType::swapEdge(dart);
|
||||
triangulation.swapEdge(dart);
|
||||
// Update the current dart which may have changed
|
||||
*it = dart;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -51,9 +51,6 @@
|
|||
static ofstream ofile_constr("qweCons.dat");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//using namespace std;
|
||||
|
||||
/** \brief Constrained Delaunay triangulation
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic generic algorithms in TTL for inserting a constrained edge between two existing nodes.\n
|
||||
|
@ -61,7 +58,7 @@
|
|||
* See documentation for the namespace ttl for general requirements and assumptions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author
|
||||
* Øyvind Hjelle, oyvindhj@ifi.uio.no
|
||||
* <EFBFBD>yvind Hjelle, oyvindhj@ifi.uio.no
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
namespace ttl_constr {
|
||||
|
@ -73,6 +70,9 @@ namespace ttl_constr {
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class ConstrainedTriangulation
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/* Checks if \e dart has start and end points in \e dstart and \e dend.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
@ -89,14 +89,14 @@ namespace ttl_constr {
|
|||
* A bool confirming that it's the constraint or not
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \using
|
||||
* ttl::same_0_orbit
|
||||
* same_0_orbit
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class DartType>
|
||||
bool isTheConstraint(const DartType& dart, const DartType& dstart, const DartType& dend) {
|
||||
static bool isTheConstraint(const DartType& dart, const DartType& dstart, const DartType& dend) {
|
||||
DartType d0 = dart;
|
||||
d0.alpha0(); // CW
|
||||
if ((ttl::same_0_orbit(dstart, dart) && ttl::same_0_orbit(dend, d0)) ||
|
||||
(ttl::same_0_orbit(dstart, d0) && ttl::same_0_orbit(dend, dart))) {
|
||||
if ((ttl::TriangulationHelper::same_0_orbit(dstart, dart) && ttl::TriangulationHelper::same_0_orbit(dend, d0)) ||
|
||||
(ttl::TriangulationHelper::same_0_orbit(dstart, d0) && ttl::TriangulationHelper::same_0_orbit(dend, dart))) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ namespace ttl_constr {
|
|||
* TraitsType::orient2d
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
bool crossesConstraint(DartType& dstart, DartType& dend, DartType& d1, DartType& d2) {
|
||||
static bool crossesConstraint(DartType& dstart, DartType& dend, DartType& d1, DartType& d2) {
|
||||
|
||||
typename TraitsType::real_type orient_1 = TraitsType::orient2d(dstart,d1,dend);
|
||||
typename TraitsType::real_type orient_2 = TraitsType::orient2d(dstart,d2,dend);
|
||||
|
@ -156,12 +156,12 @@ namespace ttl_constr {
|
|||
* The dart \e d making the smallest positive (or == 0) angle
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \using
|
||||
* ttl::isBoundaryNode
|
||||
* ttl::positionAtNextBoundaryEdge
|
||||
* isBoundaryNode
|
||||
* positionAtNextBoundaryEdge
|
||||
* TraitsType::orient2d
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
DartType getAtSmallestAngle(const DartType& dstart, const DartType& dend) {
|
||||
static DartType getAtSmallestAngle(const DartType& dstart, const DartType& dend) {
|
||||
|
||||
// - Must boundary be convex???
|
||||
// - Handle the case where the constraint is already present???
|
||||
|
@ -169,9 +169,9 @@ namespace ttl_constr {
|
|||
// (dstart and dend may define a boundary edge)
|
||||
|
||||
DartType d_iter = dstart;
|
||||
if (ttl::isBoundaryNode(d_iter)) {
|
||||
if (ttl::TriangulationHelper::isBoundaryNode(d_iter)) {
|
||||
d_iter.alpha1(); // CW
|
||||
ttl::positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(d_iter); // CCW (was rotated CW to the boundary)
|
||||
ttl::TriangulationHelper::positionAtNextBoundaryEdge(d_iter); // CCW (was rotated CW to the boundary)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// assume convex boundary; see comments
|
||||
|
@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ namespace ttl_constr {
|
|||
* Returns the next "collinear" starting node such that dend is returned when done.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType, class ListType>
|
||||
DartType findCrossingEdges(const DartType& dstart, const DartType& dend, ListType& elist) {
|
||||
static DartType findCrossingEdges(const DartType& dstart, const DartType& dend, ListType& elist) {
|
||||
|
||||
const DartType my_start = getAtSmallestAngle<TraitsType>(dstart, dend);
|
||||
DartType my_end = getAtSmallestAngle<TraitsType>(dend, dstart);
|
||||
|
@ -387,15 +387,16 @@ namespace ttl_constr {
|
|||
* A list containing all the edges crossing the spesified constraint
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \using
|
||||
* ttl::swappableEdge
|
||||
* ttl::swapEdgeInList
|
||||
* ttl::crossesConstraint
|
||||
* ttl::isTheConstraint
|
||||
* swappableEdge
|
||||
* swapEdgeInList
|
||||
* crossesConstraint
|
||||
* isTheConstraint
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
void transformToConstraint(DartType& dstart, DartType& dend, std::list<DartType>& elist) {
|
||||
void transformToConstraint(ttl::TriangulationHelper helper, DartType& dstart, DartType& dend,
|
||||
std::list<DartType>& elist) const {
|
||||
|
||||
typename list<DartType>::iterator it, used;
|
||||
typename std::list<DartType>::iterator it, used;
|
||||
|
||||
// We may enter in a situation where dstart and dend are altered because of a swap.
|
||||
// (The general rule is that darts inside the actual quadrilateral can be changed,
|
||||
|
@ -423,7 +424,7 @@ namespace ttl_constr {
|
|||
if (counter > dartsInList)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ttl::swappableEdge<TraitsType, DartType>(*it, true)) {
|
||||
if (ttl::TriangulationHelper::swappableEdge<TraitsType, DartType>(*it, true)) {
|
||||
// Dyn & Goren & Rippa 's notation:
|
||||
// The node assosiated with dart *it is denoted u_m. u_m has edges crossing the constraint
|
||||
// named w_1, ... , w_r . The other node to the edge assosiated with dart *it is w_s.
|
||||
|
@ -456,7 +457,7 @@ namespace ttl_constr {
|
|||
end = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the only place swapping is called when inserting a constraint
|
||||
ttl::swapEdgeInList<TraitsType, DartType>(it,elist);
|
||||
helper.swapEdgeInList<TraitsType, DartType>(it,elist);
|
||||
|
||||
// If we, during look-ahead, found that dstart and/or dend were in the quadrilateral,
|
||||
// we update them.
|
||||
|
@ -512,6 +513,8 @@ namespace ttl_constr {
|
|||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}; // End of ConstrainedTriangulation class
|
||||
|
||||
}; // End of ttl_constr namespace scope
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -546,14 +549,14 @@ namespace ttl { // (extension)
|
|||
* - \ref hed::TTLtraits::swapEdge "TraitsType::swapEdge" (DartType&)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \using
|
||||
* - ttl::optimizeDelaunay if \e optimize_delaunay is set to \c true
|
||||
* - optimizeDelaunay if \e optimize_delaunay is set to \c true
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \par Assumes:
|
||||
* - The constrained edge must be inside the existing triangulation (and it cannot
|
||||
* cross the boundary of the triangulation).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
template <class TraitsType, class DartType>
|
||||
DartType insertConstraint(DartType& dstart, DartType& dend, bool optimize_delaunay) {
|
||||
DartType TriangulationHelper::insertConstraint(DartType& dstart, DartType& dend, bool optimize_delaunay) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Assumes:
|
||||
// - It is the users responsibility to avoid crossing constraints
|
||||
|
@ -567,8 +570,8 @@ namespace ttl { // (extension)
|
|||
// calls itself recursively.
|
||||
|
||||
// RECURSION
|
||||
list<DartType> elist;
|
||||
DartType next_start = ttl_constr::findCrossingEdges<TraitsType>(dstart, dend, elist);
|
||||
std::list<DartType> elist;
|
||||
DartType next_start = ttl_constr::ConstrainedTriangulation::findCrossingEdges<TraitsType>(dstart, dend, elist);
|
||||
|
||||
// If there are no crossing edges (elist is empty), we assume that the constraint
|
||||
// is an existing edge.
|
||||
|
@ -583,7 +586,7 @@ namespace ttl { // (extension)
|
|||
// findCrossingEdges stops if it finds a node lying on the constraint.
|
||||
// A dart with this node as start node is returned
|
||||
// We call insertConstraint recursivly until the received dart is dend
|
||||
if (!ttl::same_0_orbit(next_start, dend)) {
|
||||
if (!same_0_orbit(next_start, dend)) {
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_TTL_CONSTR_PLOT
|
||||
cout << "RECURSION due to collinearity along constraint" << endl;
|
||||
|
@ -594,7 +597,7 @@ namespace ttl { // (extension)
|
|||
|
||||
// Swap edges such that the constraint edge is present in the transformed triangulation.
|
||||
if (elist.size() > 0) // by Thomas Sevaldrud
|
||||
ttl_constr::transformToConstraint<TraitsType>(dstart, next_start, elist);
|
||||
ttl_constr::ConstrainedTriangulation::transformToConstraint<TraitsType>(dstart, next_start, elist);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG_TTL_CONSTR_PLOT
|
||||
cout << "size of elist = " << elist.size() << endl;
|
||||
|
@ -607,13 +610,13 @@ namespace ttl { // (extension)
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Optimize to constrained Delaunay triangulation if required.
|
||||
typename list<DartType>::iterator end_opt = elist.end();
|
||||
typename std::list<DartType>::iterator end_opt = elist.end();
|
||||
if (optimize_delaunay) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Indicate that the constrained edge, which is the last element in the list,
|
||||
// should not be swapped
|
||||
--end_opt;
|
||||
ttl::optimizeDelaunay<TraitsType, DartType>(elist, end_opt);
|
||||
optimizeDelaunay<TraitsType, DartType>(elist, end_opt);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(elist.size() == 0) // by Thomas Sevaldrud
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -493,6 +493,14 @@ public:
|
|||
m_scaleLimits = VECTOR2D( aMaximum, aMinimum );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function InvalidateItem()
|
||||
* Manages dirty flags & redraw queueing when updating an item.
|
||||
* @param aItem is the item to be updated.
|
||||
* @param aUpdateFlags determines the way an item is refreshed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void InvalidateItem( VIEW_ITEM* aItem, int aUpdateFlags );
|
||||
|
||||
static const int VIEW_MAX_LAYERS = 128; ///* maximum number of layers that may be shown
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
|
@ -563,11 +571,6 @@ private:
|
|||
*/
|
||||
void draw( VIEW_GROUP* aGroup, bool aImmediate = false ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
///* Manages dirty flags & redraw queueing when updating an item. Called internally
|
||||
/// via VIEW_ITEM::ViewUpdate()
|
||||
void invalidateItem( VIEW_ITEM* aItem, int aUpdateFlags );
|
||||
|
||||
///* Sorts m_orderedLayers when layer rendering order has changed
|
||||
void sortLayers();
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ public:
|
|||
*
|
||||
* @param aEnabled says whether the opion should be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SetSnapping( bool aEnabled )
|
||||
virtual void SetSnapping( bool aEnabled )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_snappingEnabled = aEnabled;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -58,6 +58,13 @@ public:
|
|||
void onEnter( wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED( aEvent ) );
|
||||
void onTimer( wxTimerEvent& WXUNUSED( aEvent ) );
|
||||
|
||||
///> @copydoc VIEW_CONTROLS::SetSnapping()
|
||||
void SetSnapping( bool aEnabled )
|
||||
{
|
||||
VIEW_CONTROLS::SetSnapping( aEnabled );
|
||||
updateCursor();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function SetGrabMouse()
|
||||
* Enables/disables mouse cursor grabbing (limits the movement field only to the panel area).
|
||||
|
@ -84,7 +91,10 @@ public:
|
|||
const VECTOR2D GetMousePosition() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @copydoc VIEW_CONTROLS::GetCursorPosition()
|
||||
const VECTOR2D GetCursorPosition() const;
|
||||
const VECTOR2D GetCursorPosition() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_cursorPosition;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Event that forces mouse move event in the dispatcher (eg. used in autopanning, when mouse
|
||||
/// cursor does not move in screen coordinates, but does in world coordinates)
|
||||
|
@ -109,6 +119,12 @@ private:
|
|||
*/
|
||||
bool handleAutoPanning( const wxMouseEvent& aEvent );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function updateCursor()
|
||||
* Recomputes the cursor coordinates basing on the current snapping settings and mouse position.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void updateCursor();
|
||||
|
||||
/// Current state of VIEW_CONTROLS
|
||||
STATE m_state;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -47,8 +47,7 @@ class GAL;
|
|||
class WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM : public EDA_ITEM
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM( const std::string& aFileName, const std::string& aSheetName,
|
||||
const PAGE_INFO* aPageInfo, const TITLE_BLOCK* aTitleBlock );
|
||||
WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM( const PAGE_INFO* aPageInfo, const TITLE_BLOCK* aTitleBlock );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function SetFileName()
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* @param aTransformPoint = the reference point of the transformation,
|
||||
* for commands like move
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void SaveCopyInUndoList( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
virtual void SaveCopyInUndoList( const PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T aTypeCommand,
|
||||
const wxPoint& aTransformPoint = wxPoint( 0, 0 ) ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* @param aTransformPoint = the reference point of the transformation,
|
||||
* for commands like move
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SaveCopyInUndoList( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
void SaveCopyInUndoList( const PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T aTypeCommand,
|
||||
const wxPoint& aTransformPoint = wxPoint( 0, 0 ) );
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* @param aTransformPoint = the reference point of the transformation, for
|
||||
* commands like move
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void SaveCopyInUndoList( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
virtual void SaveCopyInUndoList( const PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T aTypeCommand,
|
||||
const wxPoint& aTransformPoint = wxPoint( 0, 0 ) );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* - Get an old version of the board from Redo list
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void GetBoardFromRedoList( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
void GetBoardFromRedoList( wxCommandEvent& aEvent );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetBoardFromUndoList
|
||||
|
@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* - Get an old version of the board from Undo list
|
||||
* @return none
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void GetBoardFromUndoList( wxCommandEvent& event );
|
||||
void GetBoardFromUndoList( wxCommandEvent& aEvent );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Block operations: */
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -226,7 +226,6 @@ set( PCBNEW_CLASS_SRCS
|
|||
print_board_functions.cpp
|
||||
printout_controler.cpp
|
||||
ratsnest.cpp
|
||||
ratsnest_data.cpp
|
||||
ratsnest_viewitem.cpp
|
||||
# specctra.cpp #moved in pcbcommon lib
|
||||
# specctra_export.cpp
|
||||
|
@ -256,7 +255,7 @@ set( PCBNEW_CLASS_SRCS
|
|||
tools/selection_tool.cpp
|
||||
tools/selection_area.cpp
|
||||
tools/bright_box.cpp
|
||||
tools/move_tool.cpp
|
||||
tools/edit_tool.cpp
|
||||
tools/pcb_tools.cpp
|
||||
tools/common_actions.cpp
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Attribut_net( wxDC* DC, int net_code, bool Flag_On )
|
|||
{
|
||||
for( ; Track != NULL; Track = Track->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( net_code == Track->GetNet() )
|
||||
if( net_code == Track->GetNetCode() )
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Attribut_net( wxDC* DC, int net_code, bool Flag_On )
|
|||
|
||||
while( Track ) /* Flag change */
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( (net_code >= 0 ) && (net_code != Track->GetNet()) )
|
||||
if( ( net_code >= 0 ) && ( net_code != Track->GetNetCode() ) )
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
OnModify();
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ int genPlacementRoutingMatrix( BOARD* aBrd, EDA_MSG_PANEL* messagePanel )
|
|||
TRACK TmpSegm( NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
TmpSegm.SetLayer( UNDEFINED_LAYER );
|
||||
TmpSegm.SetNet( -1 );
|
||||
TmpSegm.SetNetCode( -1 );
|
||||
TmpSegm.SetWidth( RoutingMatrix.m_GridRouting / 2 );
|
||||
|
||||
EDA_ITEM* PtStruct = aBrd->m_Drawings;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Autoroute( wxDC* DC, int mode )
|
|||
{
|
||||
case PCB_PAD_T:
|
||||
Pad = (D_PAD*) GetScreen()->GetCurItem();
|
||||
autoroute_net_code = Pad->GetNet();
|
||||
autoroute_net_code = Pad->GetNetCode();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ void PlaceCells( BOARD* aPcb, int net_code, int flag )
|
|||
{
|
||||
D_PAD* pad = aPcb->GetPad( i );
|
||||
|
||||
if( net_code != pad->GetNet() || (flag & FORCE_PADS) )
|
||||
if( net_code != pad->GetNetCode() || (flag & FORCE_PADS) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
::PlacePad( pad, HOLE, marge, WRITE_CELL );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ void PlaceCells( BOARD* aPcb, int net_code, int flag )
|
|||
tmpSegm.SetShape( edge->GetShape() );
|
||||
tmpSegm.SetWidth( edge->GetWidth() );
|
||||
tmpSegm.m_Param = edge->GetAngle();
|
||||
tmpSegm.SetNet( -1 );
|
||||
tmpSegm.SetNetCode( -1 );
|
||||
|
||||
TraceSegmentPcb( &tmpSegm, HOLE, marge, WRITE_CELL );
|
||||
TraceSegmentPcb( &tmpSegm, VIA_IMPOSSIBLE, via_marge, WRITE_OR_CELL );
|
||||
|
@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ void PlaceCells( BOARD* aPcb, int net_code, int flag )
|
|||
tmpSegm.SetShape( DrawSegm->GetShape() );
|
||||
tmpSegm.SetWidth( DrawSegm->GetWidth() );
|
||||
tmpSegm.m_Param = DrawSegm->GetAngle();
|
||||
tmpSegm.SetNet( -1 );
|
||||
tmpSegm.SetNetCode( -1 );
|
||||
|
||||
TraceSegmentPcb( &tmpSegm, type_cell, marge, WRITE_CELL );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ void PlaceCells( BOARD* aPcb, int net_code, int flag )
|
|||
/* Put tracks and vias on matrix */
|
||||
for( TRACK* track = aPcb->m_Track; track; track = track->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( net_code == track->GetNet() )
|
||||
if( net_code == track->GetNetCode() )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
TraceSegmentPcb( track, HOLE, marge, WRITE_CELL );
|
||||
|
@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ int Build_Work( BOARD* Pcb )
|
|||
|
||||
pt_pad = pt_rats->m_PadStart;
|
||||
|
||||
current_net_code = pt_pad->GetNet();
|
||||
current_net_code = pt_pad->GetNetCode();
|
||||
pt_ch = pt_rats;
|
||||
|
||||
r1 = ( pt_pad->GetPosition().y - RoutingMatrix.m_BrdBox.GetY() + demi_pas )
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ static void OrCell_Trace( BOARD* pcb, int col, int row,
|
|||
g_CurrentTrackSegment->SetWidth( pcb->GetCurrentViaSize() );
|
||||
g_CurrentTrackSegment->SetShape( pcb->GetDesignSettings().m_CurrentViaType );
|
||||
|
||||
g_CurrentTrackSegment->SetNet( current_net_code );
|
||||
g_CurrentTrackSegment->SetNetCode( current_net_code );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // placement of a standard segment
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ static void OrCell_Trace( BOARD* pcb, int col, int row,
|
|||
( RoutingMatrix.m_GridRouting * row ),
|
||||
pcb->GetBoundingBox().GetY() +
|
||||
( RoutingMatrix.m_GridRouting * col )));
|
||||
g_CurrentTrackSegment->SetNet( current_net_code );
|
||||
g_CurrentTrackSegment->SetNetCode( current_net_code );
|
||||
|
||||
if( g_CurrentTrackSegment->Back() == NULL ) /* Start trace. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ static void AddNewTrace( PCB_EDIT_FRAME* pcbframe, wxDC* DC )
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Insert new segments in real board
|
||||
int netcode = g_FirstTrackSegment->GetNet();
|
||||
int netcode = g_FirstTrackSegment->GetNetCode();
|
||||
TRACK* firstTrack = g_FirstTrackSegment;
|
||||
int newCount = g_CurrentTrackList.GetCount();
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include <fctsys.h>
|
||||
#include <class_drawpanel.h>
|
||||
#include <class_drawpanel_gal.h>
|
||||
#include <macros.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <pcbnew.h>
|
||||
|
@ -40,6 +41,10 @@
|
|||
#include <class_zone.h>
|
||||
#include <class_edge_mod.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ratsnest_data.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <tools/selection_tool.h>
|
||||
#include <tool/tool_manager.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Functions to undo and redo edit commands.
|
||||
* commands to undo are stored in CurrentScreen->m_UndoList
|
||||
|
@ -292,6 +297,17 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::SaveCopyInUndoList( BOARD_ITEM* aItem,
|
|||
if( aItem == NULL ) // Nothing to save
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// For texts belonging to modules, we need to save state of the parent module
|
||||
if( aItem->Type() == PCB_MODULE_TEXT_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
aItem = aItem->GetParent();
|
||||
wxASSERT( aItem->Type() == PCB_MODULE_T );
|
||||
aCommandType = UR_CHANGED;
|
||||
|
||||
if( aItem == NULL )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PICKED_ITEMS_LIST* commandToUndo = new PICKED_ITEMS_LIST();
|
||||
|
||||
commandToUndo->m_TransformPoint = aTransformPoint;
|
||||
|
@ -346,7 +362,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::SaveCopyInUndoList( BOARD_ITEM* aItem,
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::SaveCopyInUndoList( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::SaveCopyInUndoList( const PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T aTypeCommand,
|
||||
const wxPoint& aTransformPoint )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -361,6 +377,20 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::SaveCopyInUndoList( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
|||
for( unsigned ii = 0; ii < commandToUndo->GetCount(); ii++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOARD_ITEM* item = (BOARD_ITEM*) commandToUndo->GetPickedItem( ii );
|
||||
|
||||
// For texts belonging to modules, we need to save state of the parent module
|
||||
if( item->Type() == PCB_MODULE_TEXT_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
item = item->GetParent();
|
||||
wxASSERT( item->Type() == PCB_MODULE_T );
|
||||
|
||||
if( item == NULL )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
commandToUndo->SetPickedItem( item, ii );
|
||||
commandToUndo->SetPickedItemStatus( UR_CHANGED, ii );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T command = commandToUndo->GetPickedItemStatus( ii );
|
||||
|
||||
if( command == UR_UNSPECIFIED )
|
||||
|
@ -424,6 +454,8 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::PutDataInPreviousState( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST* aList, bool aRed
|
|||
BOARD_ITEM* item;
|
||||
bool not_found = false;
|
||||
bool reBuild_ratsnest = false;
|
||||
KIGFX::VIEW* view = GetGalCanvas()->GetView();
|
||||
RN_DATA* ratsnest = GetBoard()->GetRatsnest();
|
||||
|
||||
// Undo in the reverse order of list creation: (this can allow stacked changes
|
||||
// like the same item can be changes and deleted in the same complex command
|
||||
|
@ -484,37 +516,85 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::PutDataInPreviousState( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST* aList, bool aRed
|
|||
case UR_CHANGED: /* Exchange old and new data for each item */
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOARD_ITEM* image = (BOARD_ITEM*) aList->GetPickedItemLink( ii );
|
||||
|
||||
// Remove all pads/drawings/texts, as they become invalid
|
||||
// for the VIEW after SwapData() called for modules
|
||||
if( item->Type() == PCB_MODULE_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODULE* oldModule = static_cast<MODULE*>( item );
|
||||
oldModule->RunOnChildren( std::bind1st( std::mem_fun( &KIGFX::VIEW::Remove ), view ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
ratsnest->Remove( item );
|
||||
|
||||
item->SwapData( image );
|
||||
|
||||
// Update all pads/drawings/texts, as they become invalid
|
||||
// for the VIEW after SwapData() called for modules
|
||||
if( item->Type() == PCB_MODULE_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODULE* newModule = static_cast<MODULE*>( item );
|
||||
newModule->RunOnChildren( std::bind1st( std::mem_fun( &KIGFX::VIEW::Add ), view ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
ratsnest->Add( item );
|
||||
|
||||
item->ClearFlags( SELECTED );
|
||||
item->ViewUpdate( KIGFX::VIEW_ITEM::LAYERS );
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case UR_NEW: /* new items are deleted */
|
||||
aList->SetPickedItemStatus( UR_DELETED, ii );
|
||||
GetBoard()->Remove( item );
|
||||
|
||||
if( item->Type() == PCB_MODULE_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODULE* module = static_cast<MODULE*>( item );
|
||||
module->RunOnChildren( std::bind1st( std::mem_fun( &KIGFX::VIEW::Remove ), view ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
view->Remove( item );
|
||||
|
||||
item->ViewUpdate( KIGFX::VIEW_ITEM::GEOMETRY );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case UR_DELETED: /* deleted items are put in List, as new items */
|
||||
aList->SetPickedItemStatus( UR_NEW, ii );
|
||||
GetBoard()->Add( item );
|
||||
|
||||
if( item->Type() == PCB_MODULE_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODULE* module = static_cast<MODULE*>( item );
|
||||
module->RunOnChildren( std::bind1st( std::mem_fun( &KIGFX::VIEW::Add ), view ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
view->Add( item );
|
||||
|
||||
item->ViewUpdate( KIGFX::VIEW_ITEM::GEOMETRY );
|
||||
build_item_list = true;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case UR_MOVED:
|
||||
item->Move( aRedoCommand ? aList->m_TransformPoint : -aList->m_TransformPoint );
|
||||
item->ViewUpdate( KIGFX::VIEW_ITEM::GEOMETRY );
|
||||
ratsnest->Update( item );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case UR_ROTATED:
|
||||
item->Rotate( aList->m_TransformPoint,
|
||||
aRedoCommand ? m_rotationAngle : -m_rotationAngle );
|
||||
item->ViewUpdate( KIGFX::VIEW_ITEM::GEOMETRY );
|
||||
ratsnest->Update( item );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case UR_ROTATED_CLOCKWISE:
|
||||
item->Rotate( aList->m_TransformPoint,
|
||||
aRedoCommand ? -m_rotationAngle : m_rotationAngle );
|
||||
item->ViewUpdate( KIGFX::VIEW_ITEM::GEOMETRY );
|
||||
ratsnest->Update( item );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case UR_FLIPPED:
|
||||
item->Flip( aList->m_TransformPoint );
|
||||
item->ViewUpdate( KIGFX::VIEW_ITEM::LAYERS );
|
||||
ratsnest->Update( item );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
|
@ -533,15 +613,24 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::PutDataInPreviousState( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST* aList, bool aRed
|
|||
|
||||
// Rebuild pointers and ratsnest that can be changed.
|
||||
if( reBuild_ratsnest && aRebuildRatsnet )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( IsGalCanvasActive() )
|
||||
ratsnest->Recalculate();
|
||||
else
|
||||
Compile_Ratsnest( NULL, true );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::GetBoardFromUndoList( wxCommandEvent& event )
|
||||
void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::GetBoardFromUndoList( wxCommandEvent& aEvent )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( GetScreen()->GetUndoCommandCount() <= 0 )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// Inform tools that undo command was issued
|
||||
TOOL_EVENT event( TC_MESSAGE, TA_UNDO_REDO, AS_GLOBAL );
|
||||
m_toolManager->ProcessEvent( event );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the old list */
|
||||
PICKED_ITEMS_LIST* List = GetScreen()->PopCommandFromUndoList();
|
||||
/* Undo the command */
|
||||
|
@ -556,11 +645,14 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::GetBoardFromUndoList( wxCommandEvent& event )
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::GetBoardFromRedoList( wxCommandEvent& event )
|
||||
void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::GetBoardFromRedoList( wxCommandEvent& aEvent )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( GetScreen()->GetRedoCommandCount() == 0 )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// Inform tools that redo command was issued
|
||||
TOOL_EVENT event( TC_MESSAGE, TA_UNDO_REDO, AS_GLOBAL );
|
||||
m_toolManager->ProcessEvent( event );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the old list */
|
||||
PICKED_ITEMS_LIST* List = GetScreen()->PopCommandFromRedoList();
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -43,6 +43,8 @@
|
|||
#include <reporter.h>
|
||||
#include <base_units.h>
|
||||
#include <ratsnest_data.h>
|
||||
#include <ratsnest_viewitem.h>
|
||||
#include <worksheet_viewitem.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <pcbnew.h>
|
||||
#include <colors_selection.h>
|
||||
|
@ -104,22 +106,29 @@ BOARD::BOARD() :
|
|||
|
||||
SetCurrentNetClass( m_NetClasses.GetDefault()->GetName() );
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize ratsnest
|
||||
m_ratsnest = new RN_DATA( this );
|
||||
m_ratsnestViewItem = new KIGFX::RATSNEST_VIEWITEM( m_ratsnest );
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize view item for displaying worksheet frame
|
||||
m_worksheetViewItem = new KIGFX::WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM( &m_paper, &m_titles );
|
||||
m_worksheetViewItem->SetFileName( std::string( m_fileName.mb_str() ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BOARD::~BOARD()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete m_ratsnest;
|
||||
|
||||
while( m_ZoneDescriptorList.size() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
ZONE_CONTAINER* area_to_remove = m_ZoneDescriptorList[0];
|
||||
Delete( area_to_remove );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_FullRatsnest.clear();
|
||||
delete m_worksheetViewItem;
|
||||
delete m_ratsnestViewItem;
|
||||
delete m_ratsnest;
|
||||
|
||||
m_FullRatsnest.clear();
|
||||
m_LocalRatsnest.clear();
|
||||
|
||||
DeleteMARKERs();
|
||||
|
@ -206,7 +215,7 @@ void BOARD::chainMarkedSegments( wxPoint aPosition, LAYER_MSK aLayerMask, TRACK_
|
|||
*/
|
||||
for( ; ; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( GetPadFast( aPosition, aLayerMask ) != NULL )
|
||||
if( GetPad( aPosition, aLayerMask ) != NULL )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for a via: a via changes the layer mask and can connect a lot
|
||||
|
@ -842,6 +851,8 @@ void BOARD::Add( BOARD_ITEM* aBoardItem, int aControl )
|
|||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_ratsnest->Add( aBoardItem );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -905,6 +916,8 @@ BOARD_ITEM* BOARD::Remove( BOARD_ITEM* aBoardItem )
|
|||
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT( "BOARD::Remove() needs more ::Type() support" ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_ratsnest->Remove( aBoardItem );
|
||||
|
||||
return aBoardItem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1341,93 +1354,13 @@ NETINFO_ITEM* BOARD::FindNet( int aNetcode ) const
|
|||
// NULL is returned for non valid netcodes
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = m_NetInfo.GetNetItem( aNetcode );
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DEBUG)
|
||||
if( net && aNetcode != net->GetNet()) // item can be NULL if anetcode is not valid
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxLogError( wxT( "FindNet() anetcode %d != GetNet() %d (net: %s)\n" ),
|
||||
aNetcode, net->GetNet(), TO_UTF8( net->GetNetname() ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return net;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* BOARD::FindNet( const wxString& aNetname ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// the first valid netcode is 1.
|
||||
// zero is reserved for "no connection" and is not used.
|
||||
if( aNetname.IsEmpty() )
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
int ncount = m_NetInfo.GetNetCount();
|
||||
|
||||
// Search for a netname = aNetname
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Use a sequential search: easy to understand, but slow
|
||||
for( int ii = 1; ii < ncount; ii++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* item = m_NetInfo.GetNetItem( ii );
|
||||
|
||||
if( item && item->GetNetname() == aNetname )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return item;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
// Use a fast binary search,
|
||||
// this is possible because Nets are alphabetically ordered in list
|
||||
// see NETINFO_LIST::BuildListOfNets() and
|
||||
// NETINFO_LIST::Build_Pads_Full_List()
|
||||
int imax = ncount - 1;
|
||||
int index = imax;
|
||||
|
||||
while( ncount > 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ii = ncount;
|
||||
ncount >>= 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if( (ii & 1) && ( ii > 1 ) )
|
||||
ncount++;
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* item = m_NetInfo.GetNetItem( index );
|
||||
|
||||
if( item == NULL )
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
int icmp = item->GetNetname().Cmp( aNetname );
|
||||
|
||||
if( icmp == 0 ) // found !
|
||||
{
|
||||
return item;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( icmp < 0 ) // must search after item
|
||||
{
|
||||
index += ncount;
|
||||
|
||||
if( index > imax )
|
||||
index = imax;
|
||||
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( icmp > 0 ) // must search before item
|
||||
{
|
||||
index -= ncount;
|
||||
|
||||
if( index < 1 )
|
||||
index = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
return m_NetInfo.GetNetItem( aNetname );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1512,10 +1445,11 @@ int BOARD::ReturnSortedNetnamesList( wxArrayString& aNames, bool aSortbyPadsCoun
|
|||
|
||||
netBuffer.reserve( m_NetInfo.GetNetCount() );
|
||||
|
||||
for( unsigned ii = 1; ii < m_NetInfo.GetNetCount(); ii++ )
|
||||
for( NETINFO_LIST::iterator net( m_NetInfo.begin() ), netEnd( m_NetInfo.end() );
|
||||
net != netEnd; ++net )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( m_NetInfo.GetNetItem( ii )->GetNet() > 0 )
|
||||
netBuffer.push_back( m_NetInfo.GetNetItem( ii ) );
|
||||
if( net->GetNet() > 0 )
|
||||
netBuffer.push_back( *net );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// sort the list
|
||||
|
@ -1582,7 +1516,7 @@ ZONE_CONTAINER* BOARD::HitTestForAnyFilledArea( const wxPoint& aRefPos,
|
|||
if( area->GetState( BUSY ) )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
if( aNetCode >= 0 && area->GetNet() != aNetCode )
|
||||
if( aNetCode >= 0 && area->GetNetCode() != aNetCode )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
if( area->HitTestFilledArea( aRefPos ) )
|
||||
|
@ -1601,24 +1535,24 @@ int BOARD::SetAreasNetCodesFromNetNames( void )
|
|||
{
|
||||
if( !GetArea( ii )->IsOnCopperLayer() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GetArea( ii )->SetNet( 0 );
|
||||
GetArea( ii )->SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( GetArea( ii )->GetNet() != 0 ) // i.e. if this zone is connected to a net
|
||||
if( GetArea( ii )->GetNetCode() != 0 ) // i.e. if this zone is connected to a net
|
||||
{
|
||||
const NETINFO_ITEM* net = FindNet( GetArea( ii )->GetNetName() );
|
||||
const NETINFO_ITEM* net = GetArea( ii )->GetNet();
|
||||
|
||||
if( net )
|
||||
{
|
||||
GetArea( ii )->SetNet( net->GetNet() );
|
||||
GetArea( ii )->SetNetCode( net->GetNet() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
error_count++;
|
||||
|
||||
// keep Net Name and set m_NetCode to -1 : error flag.
|
||||
GetArea( ii )->SetNet( -1 );
|
||||
GetArea( ii )->SetNetCode( -1 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -2338,7 +2272,7 @@ ZONE_CONTAINER* BOARD::InsertArea( int netcode, int iarea, LAYER_NUM layer, int
|
|||
{
|
||||
ZONE_CONTAINER* new_area = new ZONE_CONTAINER( this );
|
||||
|
||||
new_area->SetNet( netcode );
|
||||
new_area->SetNetCode( netcode );
|
||||
new_area->SetLayer( layer );
|
||||
new_area->SetTimeStamp( GetNewTimeStamp() );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2377,7 +2311,7 @@ bool BOARD::NormalizeAreaPolygon( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST * aNewZonesList, ZONE_CONTAI
|
|||
{
|
||||
// create new copper area and copy poly into it
|
||||
CPolyLine* new_p = (*pa)[ip - 1];
|
||||
NewArea = AddArea( aNewZonesList, aCurrArea->GetNet(), aCurrArea->GetLayer(),
|
||||
NewArea = AddArea( aNewZonesList, aCurrArea->GetNetCode(), aCurrArea->GetLayer(),
|
||||
wxPoint(0, 0), CPolyLine::NO_HATCH );
|
||||
|
||||
// remove the poly that was automatically created for the new area
|
||||
|
@ -2618,7 +2552,7 @@ void BOARD::ReplaceNetlist( NETLIST& aNetlist, bool aDeleteSinglePadNets,
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( !aNetlist.IsDryRun() )
|
||||
pad->SetNetname( wxEmptyString );
|
||||
pad->SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // Footprint pad has a net.
|
||||
|
@ -2638,7 +2572,17 @@ void BOARD::ReplaceNetlist( NETLIST& aNetlist, bool aDeleteSinglePadNets,
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( !aNetlist.IsDryRun() )
|
||||
pad->SetNetname( net.GetNetName() );
|
||||
{
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* netinfo = FindNet( net.GetNetName() );
|
||||
if( netinfo == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// It is a new net, we have to add it
|
||||
netinfo = new NETINFO_ITEM( this, net.GetNetName() );
|
||||
m_NetInfo.AppendNet( netinfo );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pad->SetNetCode( netinfo->GetNet() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -2710,7 +2654,8 @@ void BOARD::ReplaceNetlist( NETLIST& aNetlist, bool aDeleteSinglePadNets,
|
|||
GetChars( previouspad->GetPadName() ) );
|
||||
aReporter->Report( msg );
|
||||
}
|
||||
previouspad->SetNetname( wxEmptyString );
|
||||
|
||||
previouspad->SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
}
|
||||
netname = pad->GetNetname();
|
||||
count = 1;
|
||||
|
@ -2723,7 +2668,7 @@ void BOARD::ReplaceNetlist( NETLIST& aNetlist, bool aDeleteSinglePadNets,
|
|||
|
||||
// Examine last pad
|
||||
if( pad && count == 1 )
|
||||
pad->SetNetname( wxEmptyString );
|
||||
pad->SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Last step: Some tests:
|
||||
|
@ -2760,31 +2705,6 @@ void BOARD::ReplaceNetlist( NETLIST& aNetlist, bool aDeleteSinglePadNets,
|
|||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Verify zone net names validity:
|
||||
// After schematic changes, a zone can have a non existing net name.
|
||||
// It should be reported
|
||||
if( aReporter && aReporter->ReportErrors() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
//Loop through all copper zones
|
||||
for( i = 0; i < m_ZoneDescriptorList.size(); i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
ZONE_CONTAINER* zone = m_ZoneDescriptorList[i];
|
||||
|
||||
if( zone->GetNet() >= 0 || !zone->IsOnCopperLayer() )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Net name not valid, report error
|
||||
wxString coord;
|
||||
coord << zone->GetPosition();
|
||||
msg.Printf( _( "*** Error: Zone '%s' layer '%s'"
|
||||
" has non-existent net name '%s' ***\n" ),
|
||||
GetChars( coord ),
|
||||
GetChars( zone->GetLayerName() ),
|
||||
GetChars( zone->GetNetName() ) );
|
||||
aReporter->Report( msg );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Extracts the board outlines and build a closed polygon
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -58,6 +58,12 @@ class NETLIST;
|
|||
class REPORTER;
|
||||
class RN_DATA;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace KIGFX
|
||||
{
|
||||
class RATSNEST_VIEWITEM;
|
||||
class WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// non-owning container of item candidates when searching for items on the same track.
|
||||
typedef std::vector< TRACK* > TRACK_PTRS;
|
||||
|
@ -227,6 +233,8 @@ private:
|
|||
EDA_RECT m_BoundingBox;
|
||||
NETINFO_LIST m_NetInfo; ///< net info list (name, design constraints ..
|
||||
RN_DATA* m_ratsnest;
|
||||
KIGFX::RATSNEST_VIEWITEM* m_ratsnestViewItem; ///< VIEW_ITEM that draws ratsnest
|
||||
KIGFX::WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM* m_worksheetViewItem; ///< VIEW_ITEM that draws worksheet frame
|
||||
|
||||
BOARD_DESIGN_SETTINGS m_designSettings;
|
||||
ZONE_SETTINGS m_zoneSettings;
|
||||
|
@ -367,6 +375,24 @@ public:
|
|||
return m_ratsnest;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetRatsnestViewItem()
|
||||
* returns VIEW_ITEM responsible for drawing the ratsnest for the board.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
KIGFX::RATSNEST_VIEWITEM* GetRatsnestViewItem() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_ratsnestViewItem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetWorksheetViewItem()
|
||||
* returns VIEW_ITEM responsible for drawing the worksheet frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
KIGFX::WORKSHEET_VIEWITEM* GetWorksheetViewItem() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_worksheetViewItem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function DeleteMARKERs
|
||||
* deletes ALL MARKERS from the board.
|
||||
|
@ -845,6 +871,24 @@ public:
|
|||
m_NetInfo.AppendNet( aNewNet );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function BeginNets
|
||||
* @return iterator to the first element of the NETINFO_ITEMs list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
NETINFO_LIST::iterator BeginNets() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_NetInfo.begin();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function EndNets
|
||||
* @return iterator to the last element of the NETINFO_ITEMs list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
NETINFO_LIST::iterator EndNets() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_NetInfo.end();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetNetCount
|
||||
* @return the number of nets (NETINFO_ITEM)
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,3 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* @file class_board_connected_item.cpp
|
||||
* @brief BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM class functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
@ -28,76 +23,67 @@
|
|||
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file class_board_connected_item.cpp
|
||||
* @brief BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM class functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <fctsys.h>
|
||||
#include <pcbnew.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <class_board.h>
|
||||
#include <class_board_item.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM( BOARD_ITEM* aParent, KICAD_T idtype ) :
|
||||
BOARD_ITEM( aParent, idtype )
|
||||
BOARD_ITEM( aParent, idtype ), m_netinfo( &NETINFO_LIST::ORPHANED ),
|
||||
m_Subnet( 0 ), m_ZoneSubnet( 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_NetCode = 0;
|
||||
m_Subnet = 0;
|
||||
m_ZoneSubnet = 0;
|
||||
// The unconnected net is set only in case the item belongs to a BOARD
|
||||
SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM( const BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM& aItem ) :
|
||||
BOARD_ITEM( aItem )
|
||||
BOARD_ITEM( aItem ), m_netinfo( aItem.m_netinfo ), m_Subnet( aItem.m_Subnet ),
|
||||
m_ZoneSubnet( aItem.m_ZoneSubnet )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_NetCode = aItem.m_NetCode;
|
||||
m_Subnet = aItem.m_Subnet;
|
||||
m_ZoneSubnet = aItem.m_ZoneSubnet;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetNet
|
||||
* @return int - the net code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::GetNet() const
|
||||
int BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::GetNetCode() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_NetCode;
|
||||
return m_netinfo->GetNet();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::SetNet( int aNetCode )
|
||||
void BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::SetNetCode( int aNetCode )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_NetCode = aNetCode;
|
||||
BOARD* board = GetBoard();
|
||||
if( board )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_netinfo = board->FindNet( aNetCode );
|
||||
|
||||
// The requested net does not exist, mark it as unconnected
|
||||
if( m_netinfo == NULL )
|
||||
m_netinfo = board->FindNet( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// There is no board that contains list of nets, the item is orphaned
|
||||
m_netinfo = &NETINFO_LIST::ORPHANED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetSubNet
|
||||
* @return int - the sub net code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::GetSubNet() const
|
||||
const wxString& BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::GetNetname() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_Subnet;
|
||||
return m_netinfo->GetNetname();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::SetSubNet( int aSubNetCode )
|
||||
const wxString& BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::GetShortNetname() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_Subnet = aSubNetCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetZoneSubNet
|
||||
* @return int - the sub net code in zone connections.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::GetZoneSubNet() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_ZoneSubnet;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::SetZoneSubNet( int aSubNetCode )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ZoneSubnet = aSubNetCode;
|
||||
return m_netinfo->GetShortNetname();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -132,11 +118,6 @@ int BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::GetClearance( BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM* aItem ) const
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** return a pointer to the netclass of the zone
|
||||
* if the net is not found (can happen when a netlist is reread,
|
||||
* and the net name is not existant, return the default net class
|
||||
* So should not return a null pointer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
NETCLASS* BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::GetNetClass() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// It is important that this be implemented without any sequential searching.
|
||||
|
@ -155,8 +136,7 @@ NETCLASS* BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::GetNetClass() const
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NETCLASS* netclass = NULL;
|
||||
int netcode = GetNet();
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = board->FindNet( netcode );
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = board->FindNet( GetNetCode() );
|
||||
|
||||
if( net )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -176,10 +156,7 @@ NETCLASS* BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::GetNetClass() const
|
|||
return board->m_NetClasses.GetDefault();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetNetClassName
|
||||
* @return the Net Class name of this item
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
wxString BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::GetNetClassName() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString name;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,28 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2012 Jean-Pierre Charras, jean-pierre.charras@ujf-grenoble.fr
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2012 SoftPLC Corporation, Dick Hollenbeck <dick@softplc.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1992-2012 KiCad Developers, see AUTHORS.txt for contributors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
|
||||
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
|
||||
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
|
||||
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
|
||||
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file class_board_connected_item.h
|
||||
* @brief Class BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM.
|
||||
|
@ -6,9 +31,9 @@
|
|||
#ifndef BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM_H
|
||||
#define BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <class_board_item.h>
|
||||
|
||||
class NETINFO_ITEM;
|
||||
class NETCLASS;
|
||||
class TRACK;
|
||||
class D_PAD;
|
||||
|
@ -29,41 +54,78 @@ public:
|
|||
std::vector<TRACK*> m_TracksConnected; // list of other tracks connected to me
|
||||
std::vector<D_PAD*> m_PadsConnected; // list of other pads connected to me
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_NetCode; // Net number
|
||||
|
||||
int m_Subnet; /* In rastnest routines : for the current net, block number
|
||||
* (number common to the current connected items found)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int m_ZoneSubnet; // used in rastnest computations : for the current net,
|
||||
// handle cluster number in zone connection
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM( BOARD_ITEM* aParent, KICAD_T idtype );
|
||||
|
||||
BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM( const BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM& aItem );
|
||||
|
||||
///> @copydoc BOARD_ITEM::IsConnected()
|
||||
bool IsConnected() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetNet
|
||||
* Returns NET_INFO object for a given item.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* GetNet() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_netinfo;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetNetCode
|
||||
* @return int - the net code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int GetNet() const;
|
||||
virtual void SetNet( int aNetCode );
|
||||
int GetNetCode() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function SetNetCode
|
||||
* sets net using a net code.
|
||||
* @param aNetCode is a net code for the new net. It has to exist in NETINFO_LIST held by BOARD.
|
||||
* Otherwise, item is assigned to the unconnected net.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SetNetCode( int aNetCode );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetSubNet
|
||||
* @return int - the sub net code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int GetSubNet() const;
|
||||
void SetSubNet( int aSubNetCode );
|
||||
int GetSubNet() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_Subnet;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetSubNet( int aSubNetCode )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_Subnet = aSubNetCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetZoneSubNet
|
||||
* @return int - the sub net code in zone connections.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int GetZoneSubNet() const;
|
||||
void SetZoneSubNet( int aSubNetCode );
|
||||
int GetZoneSubNet() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_ZoneSubnet;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SetZoneSubNet( int aSubNetCode )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_ZoneSubnet = aSubNetCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetNetname
|
||||
* @return wxString - the full netname
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const wxString& GetNetname() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetShortNetname
|
||||
* @return wxString - the short netname
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const wxString& GetShortNetname() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetClearance
|
||||
|
@ -84,9 +146,25 @@ public:
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetNetClassName
|
||||
* returns a pointer to the netclass of the zone.
|
||||
* If the net is not found (can happen when a netlist is reread,
|
||||
* and the net name does not exist, return the default net class
|
||||
* (should not return a null pointer).
|
||||
* @return the Net Class name of this item
|
||||
*/
|
||||
wxString GetNetClassName() const;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
/// Stores all informations about the net that item belongs to
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* m_netinfo;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_Subnet; /* In rastnest routines : for the current net, block number
|
||||
* (number common to the current connected items found)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int m_ZoneSubnet; // used in rastnest computations : for the current net,
|
||||
// handle cluster number in zone connection
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
|
|||
|
||||
|
||||
BOARD_DESIGN_SETTINGS::BOARD_DESIGN_SETTINGS() :
|
||||
m_Pad_Master( 0 )
|
||||
m_Pad_Master( NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_EnabledLayers = ALL_LAYERS; // All layers enabled at first.
|
||||
// SetCopperLayerCount() will adjust this.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ const wxPoint DRAWSEGMENT::GetArcEnd() const
|
|||
return endPoint; // after rotation, the end of the arc.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const double DRAWSEGMENT::GetArcAngleStart() const
|
||||
double DRAWSEGMENT::GetArcAngleStart() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// due to the Y axis orient atan2 needs - y value
|
||||
double angleStart = ArcTangente( GetArcStart().y - GetCenter().y,
|
||||
|
@ -148,6 +148,7 @@ const double DRAWSEGMENT::GetArcAngleStart() const
|
|||
return angleStart;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void DRAWSEGMENT::SetAngle( double aAngle )
|
||||
{
|
||||
NORMALIZE_ANGLE_360( aAngle );
|
||||
|
@ -379,6 +380,59 @@ const EDA_RECT DRAWSEGMENT::GetBoundingBox() const
|
|||
wxPoint end = m_End;
|
||||
RotatePoint( &end, m_Start, -m_Angle );
|
||||
bbox.Merge( end );
|
||||
|
||||
// Determine the starting quarter
|
||||
// 0 right-bottom
|
||||
// 1 left-bottom
|
||||
// 2 left-top
|
||||
// 3 right-top
|
||||
unsigned int quarter = 0; // assume right-bottom
|
||||
|
||||
if( m_End.y < m_Start.y ) // change to left-top
|
||||
quarter |= 3;
|
||||
|
||||
if( m_End.x < m_Start.x ) // for left side, the LSB is 2nd bit negated
|
||||
quarter ^= 1;
|
||||
|
||||
int radius = GetRadius();
|
||||
int angle = (int) GetArcAngleStart() % 900 + m_Angle;
|
||||
bool directionCW = ( m_Angle > 0 ); // Is the direction of arc clockwise?
|
||||
|
||||
if( !directionCW )
|
||||
{
|
||||
angle = 900 - angle;
|
||||
quarter = ( quarter + 3 ) % 4; // -1 modulo arithmetic
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while( angle > 900 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch( quarter )
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
bbox.Merge( wxPoint( m_Start.x, m_Start.y + radius ) ); // down
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
bbox.Merge( wxPoint( m_Start.x - radius, m_Start.y ) ); // left
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
bbox.Merge( wxPoint( m_Start.x, m_Start.y - radius ) ); // up
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
bbox.Merge( wxPoint( m_Start.x + radius, m_Start.y ) ); // right
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( directionCW )
|
||||
++quarter;
|
||||
else
|
||||
quarter += 3; // -1 modulo arithmetic
|
||||
|
||||
quarter %= 4;
|
||||
angle -= 900;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -30,7 +30,6 @@
|
|||
#ifndef CLASS_DRAWSEGMENT_H_
|
||||
#define CLASS_DRAWSEGMENT_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <class_board_item.h>
|
||||
#include <PolyLine.h>
|
||||
#include <math_for_graphics.h>
|
||||
|
@ -126,9 +125,9 @@ public:
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* function GetArcAngleStart()
|
||||
* @return the angle of the stating point of this arc, between 0 and 3600 in 0.1 deg
|
||||
* @return the angle of the starting point of this arc, between 0 and 3600 in 0.1 deg
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const double GetArcAngleStart() const;
|
||||
double GetArcAngleStart() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetRadius
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -728,6 +728,41 @@ EDA_ITEM* MODULE::Clone() const
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void MODULE::RunOnChildren( boost::function<void (BOARD_ITEM*)> aFunction )
|
||||
{
|
||||
for( D_PAD* pad = m_Pads.GetFirst(); pad; pad = pad->Next() )
|
||||
aFunction( static_cast<BOARD_ITEM*>( pad ) );
|
||||
|
||||
for( BOARD_ITEM* drawing = m_Drawings.GetFirst(); drawing; drawing = drawing->Next() )
|
||||
aFunction( drawing );
|
||||
|
||||
aFunction( static_cast<BOARD_ITEM*>( m_Reference ) );
|
||||
aFunction( static_cast<BOARD_ITEM*>( m_Value ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void MODULE::ViewUpdate( int aUpdateFlags )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( !m_view )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update pads
|
||||
for( D_PAD* pad = m_Pads.GetFirst(); pad; pad = pad->Next() )
|
||||
m_view->InvalidateItem( pad, aUpdateFlags );
|
||||
|
||||
// Update module's drawing (mostly silkscreen)
|
||||
for( BOARD_ITEM* drawing = m_Drawings.GetFirst(); drawing; drawing = drawing->Next() )
|
||||
m_view->InvalidateItem( drawing, aUpdateFlags );
|
||||
|
||||
// Update module's texts
|
||||
m_view->InvalidateItem( m_Reference, aUpdateFlags );
|
||||
m_view->InvalidateItem( m_Value, aUpdateFlags );
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the module itself
|
||||
m_view->InvalidateItem( this, aUpdateFlags );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for validity of the name in a library of the footprint
|
||||
* ( no spaces, dir separators ... )
|
||||
* return true if the given name is valid
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -41,6 +41,7 @@
|
|||
#include <PolyLine.h>
|
||||
#include "zones.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <boost/function.hpp>
|
||||
|
||||
class LINE_READER;
|
||||
class EDA_3D_CANVAS;
|
||||
|
@ -453,6 +454,17 @@ public:
|
|||
|
||||
EDA_ITEM* Clone() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function RunOnChildren
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Invokes a function on all BOARD_ITEMs that belong to the module (pads, drawings, texts).
|
||||
* @param aFunction is the function to be invoked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void RunOnChildren( boost::function<void (BOARD_ITEM*)> aFunction );
|
||||
|
||||
/// @copydoc VIEW_ITEM::ViewUpdate()
|
||||
void ViewUpdate( int aUpdateFlags );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function CopyNetlistSettings
|
||||
* copies the netlist settings to \a aModule.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -203,11 +203,9 @@ void BOARD::SynchronizeNetsAndNetClasses()
|
|||
// set all NETs to the default NETCLASS, then later override some
|
||||
// as we go through the NETCLASSes.
|
||||
|
||||
int count = m_NetInfo.GetNetCount();
|
||||
for( int i=0; i<count; ++i )
|
||||
for( NETINFO_LIST::iterator net( m_NetInfo.begin() ), netEnd( m_NetInfo.end() );
|
||||
net != netEnd; ++net )
|
||||
{
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = FindNet( i );
|
||||
if( net )
|
||||
net->SetClass( m_NetClasses.GetDefault() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -248,10 +246,8 @@ void BOARD::SynchronizeNetsAndNetClasses()
|
|||
|
||||
m_NetClasses.GetDefault()->Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
for( int i=0; i<count; ++i )
|
||||
{
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = FindNet( i );
|
||||
if( net )
|
||||
for( NETINFO_LIST::iterator net( m_NetInfo.begin() ), netEnd( m_NetInfo.end() );
|
||||
net != netEnd; ++net )
|
||||
{
|
||||
const wxString& classname = net->GetClassName();
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -263,7 +259,6 @@ void BOARD::SynchronizeNetsAndNetClasses()
|
|||
|
||||
netclass->Add( net->GetNetname() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// D(printf("stop\n");)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -338,7 +333,14 @@ void NETCLASS::Format( OUTPUTFORMATTER* aFormatter, int aNestLevel, int aControl
|
|||
aFormatter->Print( aNestLevel+1, "(uvia_drill %s)\n", FMT_IU( GetuViaDrill() ).c_str() );
|
||||
|
||||
for( NETCLASS::const_iterator it = begin(); it != end(); ++it )
|
||||
{
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* netinfo = m_Parent->FindNet( *it );
|
||||
|
||||
if( netinfo && netinfo->GetNodesCount() > 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
aFormatter->Print( aNestLevel+1, "(add_net %s)\n", aFormatter->Quotew( *it ).c_str() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
aFormatter->Print( aNestLevel, ")\n\n" );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -34,9 +34,10 @@
|
|||
#define __CLASSES_NETINFO__
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <vector>
|
||||
#include <gr_basic.h>
|
||||
#include <class_netclass.h>
|
||||
#include <boost/unordered_map.hpp>
|
||||
#include <hashtables.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class wxDC;
|
||||
|
@ -115,6 +116,120 @@ public:
|
|||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class NETINFO_MAPPING
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function SetBoard
|
||||
* Sets a BOARD object that is used to prepare the net code map.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SetBoard( const BOARD* aBoard )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_board = aBoard;
|
||||
Update();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function Update
|
||||
* Prepares a mapping for net codes so they can be saved as consecutive numbers.
|
||||
* To retrieve a mapped net code, use translateNet() function after calling this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void Update();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function Translate
|
||||
* Translates net number according to the map prepared by Update() function. It
|
||||
* allows to have items stored with consecutive net codes.
|
||||
* @param aNetCode is an old net code.
|
||||
* @return Net code that follows the mapping.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int Translate( int aNetCode ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
///> Wrapper class, so you can iterate through NETINFO_ITEM*s, not
|
||||
///> std::pair<int/wxString, NETINFO_ITEM*>
|
||||
class iterator
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
iterator( std::map<int, int>::const_iterator aIter, const NETINFO_MAPPING* aMapping ) :
|
||||
m_iterator( aIter ), m_mapping( aMapping )
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// pre-increment operator
|
||||
const iterator& operator++()
|
||||
{
|
||||
++m_iterator;
|
||||
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// post-increment operator
|
||||
iterator operator++( int )
|
||||
{
|
||||
iterator ret = *this;
|
||||
++m_iterator;
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* operator*() const;
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* operator->() const;
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=( const iterator& aOther ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_iterator != aOther.m_iterator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==( const iterator& aOther ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_iterator == aOther.m_iterator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
std::map<int, int>::const_iterator m_iterator;
|
||||
const NETINFO_MAPPING* m_mapping;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function begin()
|
||||
* Returns iterator to the first entry in the mapping.
|
||||
* NOTE: The entry is a pointer to the original NETINFO_ITEM object, this it contains
|
||||
* not mapped net code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
iterator begin() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return iterator( m_netMapping.begin(), this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function end()
|
||||
* Returns iterator to the last entry in the mapping.
|
||||
* NOTE: The entry is a pointer to the original NETINFO_ITEM object, this it contains
|
||||
* not mapped net code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
iterator end() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return iterator( m_netMapping.end(), this );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetSize
|
||||
* @return Number of mapped nets (i.e. not empty nets for a given BOARD object).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int GetSize() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_netMapping.size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
///> Board for which mapping is prepared
|
||||
const BOARD* m_board;
|
||||
|
||||
///> Map that allows saving net codes with consecutive numbers (for compatibility reasons)
|
||||
std::map<int, int> m_netMapping;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Class NETINFO
|
||||
|
@ -131,14 +246,30 @@ public:
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetItem
|
||||
* @param aNetcode = netcode to identify a given NETINFO_ITEM
|
||||
* @return NETINFO_ITEM* - by \a aNetcode, or NULL if not found
|
||||
* @param aNetCode = netcode to identify a given NETINFO_ITEM
|
||||
* @return NETINFO_ITEM* - by \a aNetCode, or NULL if not found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* GetNetItem( int aNetcode ) const
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* GetNetItem( int aNetCode ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( unsigned( aNetcode ) >= GetNetCount() ) // catches < 0 too
|
||||
NETCODES_MAP::const_iterator result = m_netCodes.find( aNetCode );
|
||||
if( result != m_netCodes.end() )
|
||||
return (*result).second;
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetItem
|
||||
* @param aNetName = net name to identify a given NETINFO_ITEM
|
||||
* @return NETINFO_ITEM* - by \a aNetName, or NULL if not found
|
||||
*/
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* GetNetItem( const wxString& aNetName ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
NETNAMES_MAP::const_iterator result = m_netNames.find( aNetName );
|
||||
if( result != m_netNames.end() )
|
||||
return (*result).second;
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
return m_NetBuffer[aNetcode];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -146,7 +277,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* @return the number of nets ( always >= 1 )
|
||||
* because the first net is the "not connected" net and always exists
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned GetNetCount() const { return m_NetBuffer.size(); }
|
||||
unsigned GetNetCount() const { return m_netNames.size(); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function Append
|
||||
|
@ -184,12 +315,81 @@ public:
|
|||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
///> Constant that holds the unconnected net number
|
||||
static const int UNCONNECTED;
|
||||
|
||||
///> NETINFO_ITEM meaning that there was no net assigned for an item, as there was no
|
||||
///> board storing net list available.
|
||||
static NETINFO_ITEM ORPHANED;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DEBUG)
|
||||
void Show() const;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
typedef boost::unordered_map<const wxString, NETINFO_ITEM*, WXSTRING_HASH> NETNAMES_MAP;
|
||||
typedef boost::unordered_map<const int, NETINFO_ITEM*> NETCODES_MAP;
|
||||
|
||||
///> Wrapper class, so you can iterate through NETINFO_ITEM*s, not
|
||||
///> std::pair<int/wxString, NETINFO_ITEM*>
|
||||
class iterator
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
iterator( NETNAMES_MAP::const_iterator aIter ) : m_iterator( aIter )
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// pre-increment operator
|
||||
const iterator& operator++()
|
||||
{
|
||||
++m_iterator;
|
||||
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// post-increment operator
|
||||
iterator operator++( int )
|
||||
{
|
||||
iterator ret = *this;
|
||||
++m_iterator;
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* operator*() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_iterator->second;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* operator->() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_iterator->second;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator!=( const iterator& aOther ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_iterator != aOther.m_iterator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator==( const iterator& aOther ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_iterator == aOther.m_iterator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
NETNAMES_MAP::const_iterator m_iterator;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
iterator begin() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return iterator( m_netNames.begin() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
iterator end() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return iterator( m_netNames.end() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function DeleteData
|
||||
* deletes the list of nets (and free memory)
|
||||
|
@ -213,8 +413,16 @@ private:
|
|||
*/
|
||||
void buildPadsFullList();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function getFreeNetCode
|
||||
* returns the first available net code that is not used by any other net.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int getFreeNetCode() const;
|
||||
|
||||
BOARD* m_Parent;
|
||||
std::vector<NETINFO_ITEM*> m_NetBuffer; ///< net list (name, design constraints ..)
|
||||
|
||||
NETNAMES_MAP m_netNames; ///< map for a fast look up by net names
|
||||
NETCODES_MAP m_netCodes; ///< map for a fast look up by net codes
|
||||
|
||||
std::vector<D_PAD*> m_PadsFullList; ///< contains all pads, sorted by pad's netname.
|
||||
///< can be used in ratsnest calculations.
|
||||
|
@ -227,14 +435,16 @@ private:
|
|||
*/
|
||||
class NETINFO_ITEM
|
||||
{
|
||||
friend class NETINFO_LIST;
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
int m_NetCode; ///< A number equivalent to the net name.
|
||||
const int m_NetCode; ///< A number equivalent to the net name.
|
||||
///< Used for fast comparisons in ratsnest and DRC computations.
|
||||
|
||||
wxString m_Netname; ///< Full net name like /mysheet/mysubsheet/vout
|
||||
const wxString m_Netname; ///< Full net name like /mysheet/mysubsheet/vout
|
||||
///< used by Eeschema
|
||||
|
||||
wxString m_ShortNetname; // short net name, like vout from
|
||||
const wxString m_ShortNetname; // short net name, like vout from
|
||||
// /mysheet/mysubsheet/vout
|
||||
|
||||
wxString m_NetClassName; // Net Class name. if void this is equivalent
|
||||
|
@ -246,12 +456,6 @@ private:
|
|||
BOARD_ITEM* m_parent; ///< The parent board item object the net belongs to.
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
int m_NbNodes; // Pads count for this net
|
||||
int m_NbLink; // Ratsnets count for this net
|
||||
int m_NbNoconn; // Ratsnets remaining to route count
|
||||
int m_Flag; // used in some calculations. Had no
|
||||
// special meaning
|
||||
|
||||
std::vector <D_PAD*> m_PadInNetList; // List of pads connected to this net
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned m_RatsnestStartIdx; /* Starting point of ratsnests of this
|
||||
|
@ -262,7 +466,7 @@ public:
|
|||
unsigned m_RatsnestEndIdx; // Ending point of ratsnests of this net
|
||||
// (excluded) in this buffer
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM( BOARD_ITEM* aParent, const wxString& aNetName = wxEmptyString, int aNetCode = 0 );
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM( BOARD_ITEM* aParent, const wxString& aNetName = wxEmptyString, int aNetCode = -1 );
|
||||
~NETINFO_ITEM();
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -386,27 +590,23 @@ public:
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int GetNet() const { return m_NetCode; }
|
||||
|
||||
void SetNet( int aNetCode ) { m_NetCode = aNetCode; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetNodesCount
|
||||
* @return int - number of nodes in the net
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int GetNodesCount() const { return m_PadInNetList.size(); }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetNetname
|
||||
* @return const wxString * , a pointer to the full netname
|
||||
* @return const wxString&, a reference to the full netname
|
||||
*/
|
||||
wxString GetNetname() const { return m_Netname; }
|
||||
const wxString& GetNetname() const { return m_Netname; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetShortNetname
|
||||
* @return const wxString * , a pointer to the short netname
|
||||
* @return const wxString &, a reference to the short netname
|
||||
*/
|
||||
wxString GetShortNetname() const { return m_ShortNetname; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function SetNetname
|
||||
* @param aNetname : the new netname
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SetNetname( const wxString& aNetname );
|
||||
const wxString& GetShortNetname() const { return m_ShortNetname; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetMsgPanelInfo
|
||||
|
@ -416,6 +616,21 @@ public:
|
|||
* @param aList is the list in which to place the status information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void GetMsgPanelInfo( std::vector< MSG_PANEL_ITEM >& aList );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function Clear
|
||||
* sets all fields to their defaults values.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void Clear()
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_PadInNetList.clear();
|
||||
|
||||
m_RatsnestStartIdx = 0; // Starting point of ratsnests of this net in a
|
||||
// general buffer of ratsnest
|
||||
m_RatsnestEndIdx = 0; // Ending point of ratsnests of this net
|
||||
|
||||
SetClass( NULL );
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -49,25 +49,16 @@
|
|||
/* class NETINFO_ITEM: handle data relative to a given net */
|
||||
/*********************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM::NETINFO_ITEM( BOARD_ITEM* aParent, const wxString& aNetName, int aNetCode )
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM::NETINFO_ITEM( BOARD_ITEM* aParent, const wxString& aNetName, int aNetCode ) :
|
||||
m_NetCode( aNetCode ), m_Netname( aNetName ), m_ShortNetname( m_Netname.AfterLast( '/' ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetNet( aNetCode );
|
||||
|
||||
if( aNetName.size() )
|
||||
SetNetname( aNetName );
|
||||
|
||||
m_parent = aParent;
|
||||
m_NbNodes = 0;
|
||||
m_NbLink = 0;
|
||||
m_NbNoconn = 0;
|
||||
m_Flag = 0;
|
||||
m_RatsnestStartIdx = 0; // Starting point of ratsnests of this net in a
|
||||
// general buffer of ratsnest
|
||||
m_RatsnestEndIdx = 0; // Ending point of ratsnests of this net
|
||||
|
||||
m_NetClassName = NETCLASS::Default;
|
||||
|
||||
m_NetClass = 0;
|
||||
m_NetClass = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -77,17 +68,6 @@ NETINFO_ITEM::~NETINFO_ITEM()
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function SetNetname
|
||||
* @param aNetname : the new netname
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void NETINFO_ITEM::SetNetname( const wxString& aNetname )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_Netname = aNetname;
|
||||
m_ShortNetname = m_Netname.AfterLast( '/' );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function Draw (TODO)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -121,7 +101,7 @@ void NETINFO_ITEM::GetMsgPanelInfo( std::vector< MSG_PANEL_ITEM >& aList )
|
|||
{
|
||||
for( pad = module->Pads(); pad != 0; pad = pad->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( pad->GetNet() == GetNet() )
|
||||
if( pad->GetNetCode() == GetNet() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
lengthPadToDie += pad->GetPadToDieLength();
|
||||
|
@ -139,13 +119,13 @@ void NETINFO_ITEM::GetMsgPanelInfo( std::vector< MSG_PANEL_ITEM >& aList )
|
|||
{
|
||||
if( Struct->Type() == PCB_VIA_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( ( (SEGVIA*) Struct )->GetNet() == GetNet() )
|
||||
if( ( (SEGVIA*) Struct )->GetNetCode() == GetNet() )
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( Struct->Type() == PCB_TRACE_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( ( (TRACK*) Struct )->GetNet() == GetNet() )
|
||||
if( ( (TRACK*) Struct )->GetNetCode() == GetNet() )
|
||||
lengthnet += ( (TRACK*) Struct )->GetLength();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,27 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This program source code file is part of KiCad, a free EDA CAD application.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2009 Jean-Pierre Charras, jaen-pierre.charras@gipsa-lab.inpg.com
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 1992-2012 KiCad Developers, see AUTHORS.txt for contributors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
|
||||
* of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program; if not, you may find one here:
|
||||
* http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
|
||||
* or you may search the http://www.gnu.org website for the version 2 license,
|
||||
* or you may write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
|
||||
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file class_netinfolist.cpp
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -11,13 +35,17 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include <class_board.h>
|
||||
#include <class_module.h>
|
||||
#include <class_pad.h>
|
||||
#include <class_track.h>
|
||||
#include <class_zone.h>
|
||||
#include <class_netinfo.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Constructor and destructor
|
||||
NETINFO_LIST::NETINFO_LIST( BOARD* aParent )
|
||||
NETINFO_LIST::NETINFO_LIST( BOARD* aParent ) : m_Parent( aParent )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_Parent = aParent;
|
||||
// Make sure that the unconnected net has number 0
|
||||
AppendNet( new NETINFO_ITEM( aParent, wxEmptyString, 0 ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -29,23 +57,29 @@ NETINFO_LIST::~NETINFO_LIST()
|
|||
|
||||
void NETINFO_LIST::clear()
|
||||
{
|
||||
for( unsigned ii = 0; ii < GetNetCount(); ii++ )
|
||||
delete m_NetBuffer[ii];
|
||||
NETNAMES_MAP::iterator it, itEnd;
|
||||
for( it = m_netNames.begin(), itEnd = m_netNames.end(); it != itEnd; ++it )
|
||||
delete it->second;
|
||||
|
||||
m_NetBuffer.clear();
|
||||
m_PadsFullList.clear();
|
||||
m_netNames.clear();
|
||||
m_netCodes.clear();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function Append
|
||||
* adds \a aNewElement to the end of the list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void NETINFO_LIST::AppendNet( NETINFO_ITEM* aNewElement )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_NetBuffer.push_back( aNewElement );
|
||||
// negative net code means that it has to be auto assigned
|
||||
if( aNewElement->m_NetCode < 0 )
|
||||
const_cast<int&>( aNewElement->m_NetCode ) = getFreeNetCode();
|
||||
|
||||
// D(Show();)
|
||||
// net names & codes are supposed to be unique
|
||||
assert( GetNetItem( aNewElement->GetNetname() ) == NULL );
|
||||
assert( GetNetItem( aNewElement->GetNet() ) == NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
// add an entry for fast look up by a net name using a map
|
||||
m_netNames.insert( std::make_pair( aNewElement->GetNetname(), aNewElement ) );
|
||||
m_netCodes.insert( std::make_pair( aNewElement->GetNet(), aNewElement ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -78,48 +112,31 @@ void NETINFO_LIST::buildListOfNets()
|
|||
{
|
||||
D_PAD* pad;
|
||||
int nodes_count = 0;
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net_item;
|
||||
|
||||
clear(); // Remove all nets info and free memory
|
||||
|
||||
// Create and add the "unconnected net", always existing,
|
||||
// used to handle pads and tracks that are not member of a "real" net
|
||||
net_item = new NETINFO_ITEM( m_Parent );
|
||||
AppendNet( net_item );
|
||||
|
||||
// Build the PAD list, sorted by net
|
||||
buildPadsFullList();
|
||||
|
||||
// Build netnames list, and create a netcode for each netname
|
||||
D_PAD* last_pad = NULL;
|
||||
int netcode = 0;
|
||||
// Restore the initial state of NETINFO_ITEMs
|
||||
for( NETINFO_LIST::iterator net( begin() ), netEnd( end() ); net != netEnd; ++net )
|
||||
net->Clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// Assign pads to appropriate NETINFO_ITEMs
|
||||
for( unsigned ii = 0; ii < m_PadsFullList.size(); ii++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
pad = m_PadsFullList[ii];
|
||||
|
||||
if( pad->GetNetname().IsEmpty() ) // pad not connected
|
||||
{
|
||||
pad->SetNet( 0 );
|
||||
if( pad->GetNetCode() == NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED ) // pad not connected
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* if the current netname was already found: add pad to the current net_item ,
|
||||
* else create a new net_code and a new net_item
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if( last_pad == NULL || ( pad->GetNetname() != last_pad->GetNetname() ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
netcode++;
|
||||
net_item = new NETINFO_ITEM( m_Parent, pad->GetNetname(), netcode );
|
||||
AppendNet( net_item );
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Add pad to the appropriate list of pads
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = pad->GetNet();
|
||||
// it should not be possible for BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM to return NULL as a result of GetNet()
|
||||
wxASSERT( net );
|
||||
|
||||
pad->SetNet( netcode );
|
||||
net_item->m_PadInNetList.push_back( pad );
|
||||
if( net )
|
||||
net->m_PadInNetList.push_back( pad );
|
||||
|
||||
nodes_count++;
|
||||
|
||||
last_pad = pad;
|
||||
++nodes_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_Parent->SetNodeCount( nodes_count );
|
||||
|
@ -129,18 +146,18 @@ void NETINFO_LIST::buildListOfNets()
|
|||
m_Parent->m_Status_Pcb |= NET_CODES_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
m_Parent->SetAreasNetCodesFromNetNames();
|
||||
|
||||
// D( Show(); )
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DEBUG)
|
||||
void NETINFO_LIST::Show() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
for( unsigned i=0; i < m_NetBuffer.size(); ++i )
|
||||
int i = 0;
|
||||
NETNAMES_MAP::const_iterator it, itEnd;
|
||||
for( it = m_netNames.begin(), itEnd = m_netNames.end(); it != itEnd; ++it )
|
||||
{
|
||||
printf( "[%d]: netcode:%d netname:<%s>\n",
|
||||
i, m_NetBuffer[i]->GetNet(),
|
||||
TO_UTF8( m_NetBuffer[i]->GetNetname() ) );
|
||||
i++, it->second->GetNet(),
|
||||
TO_UTF8( it->second->GetNetname() ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -183,3 +200,84 @@ void NETINFO_LIST::buildPadsFullList()
|
|||
|
||||
m_Parent->m_Status_Pcb = LISTE_PAD_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int NETINFO_LIST::getFreeNetCode() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
static int m_newNetCode = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if( m_newNetCode < 0 )
|
||||
m_newNetCode = 0;
|
||||
} while( m_netCodes.count( ++m_newNetCode ) != 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
return m_newNetCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int NETINFO_MAPPING::Translate( int aNetCode ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::map<int, int>::const_iterator value = m_netMapping.find( aNetCode );
|
||||
|
||||
if( value != m_netMapping.end() )
|
||||
return value->second;
|
||||
|
||||
// There was no entry for the given net code
|
||||
return aNetCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void NETINFO_MAPPING::Update()
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Collect all the used nets
|
||||
std::set<int> nets;
|
||||
|
||||
// Be sure that the unconnected gets 0 and is mapped as 0
|
||||
nets.insert( 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
// Zones
|
||||
for( int i = 0; i < m_board->GetAreaCount(); ++i )
|
||||
nets.insert( m_board->GetArea( i )->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
|
||||
// Tracks
|
||||
for( TRACK* track = m_board->m_Track; track; track = track->Next() )
|
||||
nets.insert( track->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
|
||||
// Modules/pads
|
||||
for( MODULE* module = m_board->m_Modules; module; module = module->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
for( D_PAD* pad = module->Pads().GetFirst(); pad; pad = pad->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
nets.insert( pad->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Segzones
|
||||
for( SEGZONE* zone = m_board->m_Zone; zone; zone = zone->Next() )
|
||||
nets.insert( zone->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
|
||||
// Prepare the new mapping
|
||||
m_netMapping.clear();
|
||||
|
||||
// Now the nets variable stores all the used net codes (not only for pads) and we are ready to
|
||||
// assign new consecutive net numbers
|
||||
int newNetCode = 0;
|
||||
for( std::set<int>::const_iterator it = nets.begin(), itEnd = nets.end(); it != itEnd; ++it )
|
||||
m_netMapping[*it] = newNetCode++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* NETINFO_MAPPING::iterator::operator*() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_mapping->m_board->FindNet( m_iterator->first );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* NETINFO_MAPPING::iterator::operator->() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return m_mapping->m_board->FindNet( m_iterator->first );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const int NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED = 0;
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM NETINFO_LIST::ORPHANED = NETINFO_ITEM( NULL, wxEmptyString, NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -364,13 +364,6 @@ void D_PAD::SetPadName( const wxString& name )
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void D_PAD::SetNetname( const wxString& aNetname )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_Netname = aNetname;
|
||||
m_ShortNetname = m_Netname.AfterLast( '/' );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void D_PAD::Copy( D_PAD* source )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( source == NULL )
|
||||
|
@ -380,7 +373,7 @@ void D_PAD::Copy( D_PAD* source )
|
|||
m_layerMask = source->m_layerMask;
|
||||
|
||||
m_NumPadName = source->m_NumPadName;
|
||||
SetNet( source->GetNet() );
|
||||
m_netinfo = source->m_netinfo;
|
||||
m_Drill = source->m_Drill;
|
||||
m_drillShape = source->m_drillShape;
|
||||
m_Offset = source->m_Offset;
|
||||
|
@ -402,8 +395,6 @@ void D_PAD::Copy( D_PAD* source )
|
|||
|
||||
SetSubRatsnest( 0 );
|
||||
SetSubNet( 0 );
|
||||
m_Netname = source->m_Netname;
|
||||
m_ShortNetname = source->m_ShortNetname;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -412,7 +403,7 @@ void D_PAD::CopyNetlistSettings( D_PAD* aPad )
|
|||
// Don't do anything foolish like trying to copy to yourself.
|
||||
wxCHECK_RET( aPad != NULL && aPad != this, wxT( "Cannot copy to NULL or yourself." ) );
|
||||
|
||||
aPad->SetNetname( GetNetname() );
|
||||
aPad->SetNetCode( GetNetCode() );
|
||||
|
||||
aPad->SetLocalClearance( m_LocalClearance );
|
||||
aPad->SetLocalSolderMaskMargin( m_LocalSolderMaskMargin );
|
||||
|
@ -577,7 +568,7 @@ void D_PAD::GetMsgPanelInfo( std::vector< MSG_PANEL_ITEM>& aList )
|
|||
aList.push_back( MSG_PANEL_ITEM( _( "Pad" ), Line, BROWN ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
aList.push_back( MSG_PANEL_ITEM( _( "Net" ), m_Netname, DARKCYAN ) );
|
||||
aList.push_back( MSG_PANEL_ITEM( _( "Net" ), GetNetname(), DARKCYAN ) );
|
||||
|
||||
/* For test and debug only: display m_physical_connexion and
|
||||
* m_logical_connexion */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -118,24 +118,6 @@ public:
|
|||
return m_NumPadName == other->m_NumPadName; // hide tricks behind sensible API
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function SetNetname
|
||||
* @param aNetname: the new netname
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void SetNetname( const wxString& aNetname );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetNetname
|
||||
* @return const wxString& - the full netname
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const wxString& GetNetname() const { return m_Netname; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetShortNetname
|
||||
* @return const wxString& - the short netname
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const wxString& GetShortNetname() const { return m_ShortNetname; }
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetShape
|
||||
* @return the shape of this pad.
|
||||
|
@ -470,10 +452,6 @@ private:
|
|||
|
||||
int m_boundingRadius; ///< radius of the circle containing the pad shape
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
wxString m_Netname; ///< Full net name like /mysheet/mysubsheet/vout used by Eeschema
|
||||
wxString m_ShortNetname; ///< short net name, like vout from /mysheet/mysubsheet/vout
|
||||
|
||||
/// Pad name (4 char) or a long identifier (used in pad name
|
||||
/// comparisons because this is faster than string comparison)
|
||||
union
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ void D_PAD::DrawShape( EDA_RECT* aClipBox, wxDC* aDC, PAD_DRAWINFO& aDrawInfo )
|
|||
GRSetDrawMode( aDC, aDrawInfo.m_DrawMode );
|
||||
|
||||
// Draw "No connect" ( / or \ or cross X ) if necessary
|
||||
if( m_Netname.IsEmpty() && aDrawInfo.m_ShowNCMark )
|
||||
if( GetNetCode() == 0 && aDrawInfo.m_ShowNCMark )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int dx0 = std::min( halfsize.x, halfsize.y );
|
||||
EDA_COLOR_T nc_color = BLUE;
|
||||
|
@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ void D_PAD::DrawShape( EDA_RECT* aClipBox, wxDC* aDC, PAD_DRAWINFO& aDrawInfo )
|
|||
wxPoint tpos0 = shape_pos; // Position of the centre of text
|
||||
wxPoint tpos = tpos0;
|
||||
wxSize AreaSize; // size of text area, normalized to AreaSize.y < AreaSize.x
|
||||
int shortname_len = m_ShortNetname.Len();
|
||||
int shortname_len = GetShortNetname().Len();
|
||||
|
||||
if( !aDrawInfo.m_Display_netname )
|
||||
shortname_len = 0;
|
||||
|
@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ void D_PAD::DrawShape( EDA_RECT* aClipBox, wxDC* aDC, PAD_DRAWINFO& aDrawInfo )
|
|||
tsize = ( tsize * 7 ) / 10;
|
||||
DrawGraphicHaloText( clipBox, aDC, tpos,
|
||||
aDrawInfo.m_Color, BLACK, WHITE,
|
||||
m_ShortNetname, t_angle,
|
||||
GetShortNetname(), t_angle,
|
||||
wxSize( tsize, tsize ), GR_TEXT_HJUSTIFY_CENTER,
|
||||
GR_TEXT_VJUSTIFY_CENTER, tsize / 7, false, false );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -415,6 +415,18 @@ EDA_ITEM* TEXTE_MODULE::Clone() const
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
const BOX2I TEXTE_MODULE::ViewBBox() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
double angle = GetDrawRotation();
|
||||
EDA_RECT text_area = GetTextBox( -1, -1 );
|
||||
|
||||
if( angle )
|
||||
text_area = text_area.GetBoundingBoxRotated( m_Pos, angle );
|
||||
|
||||
return BOX2I( text_area.GetPosition(), text_area.GetSize() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void TEXTE_MODULE::ViewGetLayers( int aLayers[], int& aCount ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( m_NoShow ) // Hidden text
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -165,6 +165,9 @@ public:
|
|||
|
||||
EDA_ITEM* Clone() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @copydoc VIEW_ITEM::ViewBBox()
|
||||
virtual const BOX2I ViewBBox() const;
|
||||
|
||||
/// @copydoc VIEW_ITEM::ViewGetLayers()
|
||||
virtual void ViewGetLayers( int aLayers[], int& aCount ) const;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -160,15 +160,11 @@ EDA_ITEM* SEGZONE::Clone() const
|
|||
wxString SEGZONE::GetSelectMenuText() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString text, nettxt;
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net;
|
||||
BOARD* board = GetBoard();
|
||||
|
||||
if( board )
|
||||
{
|
||||
net = board->FindNet( GetNet() );
|
||||
|
||||
if( net )
|
||||
nettxt = net->GetNetname();
|
||||
nettxt = GetNetname();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -201,7 +197,6 @@ wxString SEGVIA::GetSelectMenuText() const
|
|||
{
|
||||
wxString text;
|
||||
wxString format;
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net;
|
||||
BOARD* board = GetBoard();
|
||||
|
||||
int shape = GetShape();
|
||||
|
@ -215,18 +210,14 @@ wxString SEGVIA::GetSelectMenuText() const
|
|||
|
||||
if( board )
|
||||
{
|
||||
net = board->FindNet( GetNet() );
|
||||
wxString netname;
|
||||
|
||||
if( net )
|
||||
netname = net->GetNetname();
|
||||
wxString netname = GetNetname();
|
||||
|
||||
// say which layers, only two for now
|
||||
LAYER_NUM topLayer;
|
||||
LAYER_NUM botLayer;
|
||||
ReturnLayerPair( &topLayer, &botLayer );
|
||||
text.Printf( format.GetData(), GetChars( ShowWidth() ),
|
||||
GetChars( netname ), GetNet(),
|
||||
GetChars( netname ), GetNetCode(),
|
||||
GetChars( board->GetLayerName( topLayer ) ),
|
||||
GetChars( board->GetLayerName( botLayer ) ) );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -496,7 +487,7 @@ TRACK* TRACK::GetBestInsertPoint( BOARD* aPcb )
|
|||
|
||||
for( ; track; track = track->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( GetNet() <= track->GetNet() )
|
||||
if( GetNetCode() <= track->GetNetCode() )
|
||||
return track;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -510,14 +501,14 @@ TRACK* TRACK::GetStartNetCode( int NetCode )
|
|||
int ii = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if( NetCode == -1 )
|
||||
NetCode = GetNet();
|
||||
NetCode = GetNetCode();
|
||||
|
||||
while( Track != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( Track->GetNet() > NetCode )
|
||||
if( Track->GetNetCode() > NetCode )
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
if( Track->GetNet() == NetCode )
|
||||
if( Track->GetNetCode() == NetCode )
|
||||
{
|
||||
ii++;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
@ -542,19 +533,19 @@ TRACK* TRACK::GetEndNetCode( int NetCode )
|
|||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if( NetCode == -1 )
|
||||
NetCode = GetNet();
|
||||
NetCode = GetNetCode();
|
||||
|
||||
while( Track != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
NextS = (TRACK*) Track->Pnext;
|
||||
|
||||
if( Track->GetNet() == NetCode )
|
||||
if( Track->GetNetCode() == NetCode )
|
||||
ii++;
|
||||
|
||||
if( NextS == NULL )
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
if( NextS->GetNet() > NetCode )
|
||||
if( NextS->GetNetCode() > NetCode )
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
Track = NextS;
|
||||
|
@ -690,10 +681,10 @@ void TRACK::Draw( EDA_DRAW_PANEL* panel, wxDC* aDC, GR_DRAWMODE aDrawMode,
|
|||
if( aDC->LogicalToDeviceXRel( m_Width ) < MIN_TEXT_SIZE )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if( GetNet() == 0 )
|
||||
if( GetNetCode() == NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = ( (BOARD*) GetParent() )->FindNet( GetNet() );
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = GetNet();
|
||||
|
||||
if( net == NULL )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
@ -952,13 +943,13 @@ void SEGVIA::Draw( EDA_DRAW_PANEL* panel, wxDC* aDC, GR_DRAWMODE aDrawMode,
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Display the short netname:
|
||||
if( GetNet() == 0 )
|
||||
if( GetNetCode() == NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if( DisplayOpt.DisplayNetNamesMode == 0 || DisplayOpt.DisplayNetNamesMode == 1 )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = ( (BOARD*) GetParent() )->FindNet( GetNet() );
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = GetNet();
|
||||
|
||||
if( net == NULL )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
@ -1095,7 +1086,7 @@ void TRACK::GetMsgPanelInfoBase( std::vector< MSG_PANEL_ITEM >& aList )
|
|||
// Display Net Name (in Pcbnew)
|
||||
if( board )
|
||||
{
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = board->FindNet( GetNet() );
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = GetNet();
|
||||
|
||||
if( net )
|
||||
msg = net->GetNetname();
|
||||
|
@ -1105,7 +1096,7 @@ void TRACK::GetMsgPanelInfoBase( std::vector< MSG_PANEL_ITEM >& aList )
|
|||
aList.push_back( MSG_PANEL_ITEM( _( "NetName" ), msg, RED ) );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Display net code : (useful in test or debug) */
|
||||
msg.Printf( wxT( "%d.%d" ), GetNet(), GetSubNet() );
|
||||
msg.Printf( wxT( "%d.%d" ), GetNetCode(), GetSubNet() );
|
||||
aList.push_back( MSG_PANEL_ITEM( _( "NetCode" ), msg, RED ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1576,7 +1567,7 @@ wxString TRACK::GetSelectMenuText() const
|
|||
// disambiguate all the choices under the cursor!
|
||||
if( board )
|
||||
{
|
||||
net = board->FindNet( GetNet() );
|
||||
net = GetNet();
|
||||
|
||||
if( net )
|
||||
netname = net->GetNetname();
|
||||
|
@ -1591,7 +1582,7 @@ wxString TRACK::GetSelectMenuText() const
|
|||
|
||||
text.Printf( _("Track %s, net [%s] (%d) on layer %s, length: %s" ),
|
||||
GetChars( ShowWidth() ), GetChars( netname ),
|
||||
GetNet(), GetChars( GetLayerName() ),
|
||||
GetNetCode(), GetChars( GetLayerName() ),
|
||||
GetChars( ::LengthDoubleToString( GetLength() ) ) );
|
||||
|
||||
return text;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -53,7 +53,6 @@
|
|||
ZONE_CONTAINER::ZONE_CONTAINER( BOARD* aBoard ) :
|
||||
BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM( aBoard, PCB_ZONE_AREA_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetNet( -1 ); // Net number for fast comparisons
|
||||
m_CornerSelection = -1;
|
||||
m_IsFilled = false; // fill status : true when the zone is filled
|
||||
m_FillMode = 0; // How to fill areas: 0 = use filled polygons, != 0 fill with segments
|
||||
|
@ -75,7 +74,7 @@ ZONE_CONTAINER::ZONE_CONTAINER( const ZONE_CONTAINER& aZone ) :
|
|||
BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM( aZone )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Should the copy be on the same net?
|
||||
SetNet( aZone.GetNet() );
|
||||
SetNetCode( aZone.GetNetCode() );
|
||||
m_Poly = new CPolyLine( *aZone.m_Poly );
|
||||
|
||||
// For corner moving, corner index to drag, or -1 if no selection
|
||||
|
@ -138,31 +137,6 @@ const wxPoint& ZONE_CONTAINER::GetPosition() const
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ZONE_CONTAINER::SetNet( int aNetCode )
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::SetNet( aNetCode );
|
||||
|
||||
if( aNetCode < 0 )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
BOARD* board = GetBoard();
|
||||
|
||||
if( board )
|
||||
{
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = board->FindNet( aNetCode );
|
||||
|
||||
if( net )
|
||||
m_Netname = net->GetNetname();
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_Netname.Empty();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_Netname.Empty();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void ZONE_CONTAINER::Draw( EDA_DRAW_PANEL* panel, wxDC* DC, GR_DRAWMODE aDrawMode,
|
||||
const wxPoint& offset )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -614,10 +588,6 @@ void ZONE_CONTAINER::GetMsgPanelInfo( std::vector< MSG_PANEL_ITEM >& aList )
|
|||
{
|
||||
wxString msg;
|
||||
|
||||
BOARD* board = (BOARD*) m_Parent;
|
||||
|
||||
wxASSERT( board );
|
||||
|
||||
msg = _( "Zone Outline" );
|
||||
|
||||
// Display Cutout instead of Outline for holes inside a zone
|
||||
|
@ -646,9 +616,9 @@ void ZONE_CONTAINER::GetMsgPanelInfo( std::vector< MSG_PANEL_ITEM >& aList )
|
|||
}
|
||||
else if( IsOnCopperLayer() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( GetNet() >= 0 )
|
||||
if( GetNetCode() >= 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* equipot = board->FindNet( GetNet() );
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* equipot = GetNet();
|
||||
|
||||
if( equipot )
|
||||
msg = equipot->GetNetname();
|
||||
|
@ -658,7 +628,7 @@ void ZONE_CONTAINER::GetMsgPanelInfo( std::vector< MSG_PANEL_ITEM >& aList )
|
|||
else // a netcode < 0 is an error
|
||||
{
|
||||
msg = wxT( " [" );
|
||||
msg << m_Netname + wxT( "]" );
|
||||
msg << GetNetname() + wxT( "]" );
|
||||
msg << wxT( " <" ) << _( "Not Found" ) << wxT( ">" );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -666,7 +636,7 @@ void ZONE_CONTAINER::GetMsgPanelInfo( std::vector< MSG_PANEL_ITEM >& aList )
|
|||
|
||||
#if 1
|
||||
// Display net code : (useful in test or debug)
|
||||
msg.Printf( wxT( "%d" ), GetNet() );
|
||||
msg.Printf( wxT( "%d" ), GetNetCode() );
|
||||
aList.push_back( MSG_PANEL_ITEM( _( "NetCode" ), msg, RED ) );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -827,7 +797,7 @@ void ZONE_CONTAINER::Copy( ZONE_CONTAINER* src )
|
|||
{
|
||||
m_Parent = src->m_Parent;
|
||||
m_Layer = src->m_Layer;
|
||||
SetNet( src->GetNet() );
|
||||
SetNetCode( src->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
SetTimeStamp( src->m_TimeStamp );
|
||||
m_Poly->RemoveAllContours();
|
||||
m_Poly->Copy( src->m_Poly ); // copy outlines
|
||||
|
@ -849,20 +819,6 @@ void ZONE_CONTAINER::Copy( ZONE_CONTAINER* src )
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
bool ZONE_CONTAINER::SetNetNameFromNetCode( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net;
|
||||
|
||||
if( m_Parent && ( net = ( (BOARD*) m_Parent )->FindNet( GetNet() ) ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_Netname = net->GetNetname();
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
ZoneConnection ZONE_CONTAINER::GetPadConnection( D_PAD* aPad ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( aPad == NULL || aPad->GetZoneConnection() == UNDEFINED_CONNECTION )
|
||||
|
@ -909,11 +865,11 @@ wxString ZONE_CONTAINER::GetSelectMenuText() const
|
|||
// Display net name for copper zones
|
||||
if( !GetIsKeepout() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( GetNet() >= 0 )
|
||||
if( GetNetCode() >= 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( board )
|
||||
{
|
||||
net = board->FindNet( GetNet() );
|
||||
net = GetNet();
|
||||
|
||||
if( net )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -928,7 +884,7 @@ wxString ZONE_CONTAINER::GetSelectMenuText() const
|
|||
else
|
||||
{ // A netcode < 0 is an error:
|
||||
// Netname not found or area not initialised
|
||||
text << wxT( " [" ) << m_Netname << wxT( "]" );
|
||||
text << wxT( " [" ) << GetNetname() << wxT( "]" );
|
||||
text << wxT( " <" ) << _( "Not Found" ) << wxT( ">" );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -186,31 +186,6 @@ public:
|
|||
return ( GetLayer() < FIRST_NON_COPPER_LAYER ) ? true : false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function SetNet
|
||||
* sets the netcode and the netname.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param aNetCode The net code of the zone container if greater than or equal to
|
||||
* zero. Otherwise the current net code is kept and set the net
|
||||
* code error flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void SetNet( int aNetCode );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function SetNetNameFromNetCode
|
||||
* Find the net name corresponding to the net code.
|
||||
* @return bool - true if net found, else false
|
||||
*/
|
||||
bool SetNetNameFromNetCode( void );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function GetNetName
|
||||
* returns the net name.
|
||||
* @return const wxString& - The net name.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const wxString& GetNetName() const { return m_Netname; };
|
||||
void SetNetName( const wxString& aName ) { m_Netname = aName; }
|
||||
|
||||
/// How to fill areas: 0 = use filled polygons, 1 => fill with segments.
|
||||
void SetFillMode( int aFillMode ) { m_FillMode = aFillMode; }
|
||||
int GetFillMode() const { return m_FillMode; }
|
||||
|
@ -607,7 +582,6 @@ public:
|
|||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
CPolyLine* m_Poly; ///< Outline of the zone.
|
||||
wxString m_Netname; ///< Name of the net assigned to the zone.
|
||||
CPolyLine* m_smoothedPoly; // Corner-smoothed version of m_Poly
|
||||
int m_cornerSmoothingType;
|
||||
unsigned int m_cornerRadius;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ ZONE_SETTINGS& ZONE_SETTINGS::operator << ( const ZONE_CONTAINER& aSource )
|
|||
m_FillMode = aSource.GetFillMode();
|
||||
m_ZoneClearance = aSource.GetClearance();
|
||||
m_ZoneMinThickness = aSource.GetMinThickness();
|
||||
m_NetcodeSelection = aSource.GetNet();
|
||||
m_NetcodeSelection = aSource.GetNetCode();
|
||||
m_CurrentZone_Layer = aSource.GetLayer();
|
||||
m_Zone_HatchingStyle = aSource.GetHatchStyle();
|
||||
m_ArcToSegmentsCount = aSource.GetArcSegmentCount();
|
||||
|
@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ void ZONE_SETTINGS::ExportSetting( ZONE_CONTAINER& aTarget, bool aFullExport ) c
|
|||
if( aFullExport )
|
||||
{
|
||||
aTarget.SetPriority( m_ZonePriority );
|
||||
aTarget.SetNet( m_NetcodeSelection );
|
||||
aTarget.SetNetCode( m_NetcodeSelection );
|
||||
aTarget.SetLayer( m_CurrentZone_Layer );
|
||||
aTarget.Outline()->SetLayer( m_CurrentZone_Layer );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -323,14 +323,14 @@ bool TRACKS_CLEANER::deleteUnconnectedTracks()
|
|||
zone = m_Brd->HitTestForAnyFilledArea( track->GetStart(),
|
||||
track->GetLayer(),
|
||||
track->GetLayer(),
|
||||
track->GetNet() );
|
||||
track->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
((SEGVIA*)track)->ReturnLayerPair( &top_layer, &bottom_layer );
|
||||
zone = m_Brd->HitTestForAnyFilledArea( track->GetStart(),
|
||||
top_layer, bottom_layer,
|
||||
track->GetNet() );
|
||||
track->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ bool TRACKS_CLEANER::deleteUnconnectedTracks()
|
|||
zone = m_Brd->HitTestForAnyFilledArea( via->GetStart(),
|
||||
bottom_layer,
|
||||
top_layer,
|
||||
via->GetNet() );
|
||||
via->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( (other == NULL) && (zone == NULL) )
|
||||
|
@ -383,14 +383,14 @@ bool TRACKS_CLEANER::deleteUnconnectedTracks()
|
|||
zone = m_Brd->HitTestForAnyFilledArea( track->GetEnd(),
|
||||
track->GetLayer(),
|
||||
track->GetLayer(),
|
||||
track->GetNet() );
|
||||
track->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
((SEGVIA*)track)->ReturnLayerPair( &top_layer, &bottom_layer );
|
||||
zone = m_Brd->HitTestForAnyFilledArea( track->GetEnd(),
|
||||
top_layer, bottom_layer,
|
||||
track->GetNet() );
|
||||
track->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ bool TRACKS_CLEANER::deleteUnconnectedTracks()
|
|||
via->ReturnLayerPair( &top_layer, &bottom_layer );
|
||||
zone = m_Brd->HitTestForAnyFilledArea( via->GetEnd(),
|
||||
bottom_layer, top_layer,
|
||||
via->GetNet() );
|
||||
via->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( (other == NULL) && (zone == NULL) )
|
||||
|
@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ bool TRACKS_CLEANER::clean_segments()
|
|||
if( segment->GetLayer() != other->GetLayer() )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
if( segment->GetNet() != other->GetNet() )
|
||||
if( segment->GetNetCode() != other->GetNetCode() )
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
if( ( segment->GetStart() == other->GetStart() ) &&
|
||||
|
@ -748,14 +748,14 @@ bool PCB_EDIT_FRAME::RemoveMisConnectedTracks()
|
|||
if( segment->start && segment->start->Type()==PCB_PAD_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the netcode of the pad to propagate.
|
||||
net_code_s = ((D_PAD*)(segment->start))->GetNet();
|
||||
net_code_s = ((D_PAD*)(segment->start))->GetNetCode();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
other = segment->GetTrace( GetBoard()->m_Track, NULL, FLG_START );
|
||||
|
||||
if( other )
|
||||
net_code_s = other->GetNet();
|
||||
net_code_s = other->GetNetCode();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( net_code_s < 0 )
|
||||
|
@ -766,14 +766,14 @@ bool PCB_EDIT_FRAME::RemoveMisConnectedTracks()
|
|||
|
||||
if( segment->end && segment->end->Type()==PCB_PAD_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
net_code_e = ((D_PAD*)(segment->end))->GetNet();
|
||||
net_code_e = ((D_PAD*)(segment->end))->GetNetCode();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
other = segment->GetTrace( GetBoard()->m_Track, NULL, FLG_END );
|
||||
|
||||
if( other )
|
||||
net_code_e = other->GetNet();
|
||||
net_code_e = other->GetNetCode();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( net_code_e < 0 )
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ void PCB_BASE_FRAME::TestConnections()
|
|||
for( TRACK* track = m_Pcb->m_Track; track; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// At this point, track is the first track of a given net
|
||||
current_net_code = track->GetNet();
|
||||
current_net_code = track->GetNetCode();
|
||||
// Get last track of the current net
|
||||
TRACK* lastTrack = track->GetEndNetCode( current_net_code );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ void PCB_BASE_FRAME::TestNetConnection( wxDC* aDC, int aNetCode )
|
|||
for( unsigned i = 0; i < m_Pcb->GetPadCount(); ++i )
|
||||
{
|
||||
D_PAD* pad = m_Pcb->GetPad(i);
|
||||
int pad_net_code = pad->GetNet();
|
||||
int pad_net_code = pad->GetNetCode();
|
||||
|
||||
if( pad_net_code < aNetCode )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ void PCB_BASE_FRAME::TestNetConnection( wxDC* aDC, int aNetCode )
|
|||
|
||||
if( firstTrack && lastTrack ) // i.e. if there are segments
|
||||
{
|
||||
connections.Build_CurrNet_SubNets_Connections( firstTrack, lastTrack, firstTrack->GetNet() );
|
||||
connections.Build_CurrNet_SubNets_Connections( firstTrack, lastTrack, firstTrack->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ void PCB_BASE_FRAME::RecalculateAllTracksNetcode()
|
|||
curr_track->end = NULL;
|
||||
curr_track->SetState( BUSY | IN_EDIT | BEGIN_ONPAD | END_ONPAD, false );
|
||||
curr_track->SetZoneSubNet( 0 );
|
||||
curr_track->SetNet( 0 ); // net code = 0 means not connected
|
||||
curr_track->SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If no pad, reset pointers and netcode, and do nothing else
|
||||
|
@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ void PCB_BASE_FRAME::RecalculateAllTracksNetcode()
|
|||
for( ; curr_track != NULL; curr_track = curr_track->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( curr_track->m_PadsConnected.size() )
|
||||
curr_track->SetNet( curr_track->m_PadsConnected[0]->GetNet() );
|
||||
curr_track->SetNetCode( curr_track->m_PadsConnected[0]->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Pass 2: build connections between track ends
|
||||
|
@ -883,17 +883,17 @@ void PCB_BASE_FRAME::RecalculateAllTracksNetcode()
|
|||
|
||||
for( curr_track = m_Pcb->m_Track; curr_track; curr_track = curr_track->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int netcode = curr_track->GetNet();
|
||||
int netcode = curr_track->GetNetCode();
|
||||
if( netcode == 0 )
|
||||
{ // try to find a connected item having a netcode
|
||||
for( unsigned kk = 0; kk < curr_track->m_TracksConnected.size(); kk++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int altnetcode = curr_track->m_TracksConnected[kk]->GetNet();
|
||||
int altnetcode = curr_track->m_TracksConnected[kk]->GetNetCode();
|
||||
if( altnetcode )
|
||||
{
|
||||
new_pass_request = true;
|
||||
netcode = altnetcode;
|
||||
curr_track->SetNet(netcode);
|
||||
curr_track->SetNetCode(netcode);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -902,10 +902,10 @@ void PCB_BASE_FRAME::RecalculateAllTracksNetcode()
|
|||
{ // propagate this netcode to connected tracks having no netcode
|
||||
for( unsigned kk = 0; kk < curr_track->m_TracksConnected.size(); kk++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int altnetcode = curr_track->m_TracksConnected[kk]->GetNet();
|
||||
int altnetcode = curr_track->m_TracksConnected[kk]->GetNetCode();
|
||||
if( altnetcode == 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
curr_track->m_TracksConnected[kk]->SetNet(netcode);
|
||||
curr_track->m_TracksConnected[kk]->SetNetCode(netcode);
|
||||
new_pass_request = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -926,10 +926,10 @@ void PCB_BASE_FRAME::RecalculateAllTracksNetcode()
|
|||
static bool SortTracksByNetCode( const TRACK* const & ref, const TRACK* const & compare )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// For items having the same Net, keep the order in list
|
||||
if( ref->GetNet() == compare->GetNet())
|
||||
if( ref->GetNetCode() == compare->GetNetCode())
|
||||
return ref->m_Param < compare->m_Param;
|
||||
|
||||
return ref->GetNet() < compare->GetNet();
|
||||
return ref->GetNetCode() < compare->GetNetCode();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::ExecuteRemoteCommand( const char* cmdline )
|
|||
|
||||
if( pad )
|
||||
{
|
||||
netcode = pad->GetNet();
|
||||
netcode = pad->GetNetCode();
|
||||
|
||||
// put cursor on the pad:
|
||||
pos = pad->GetPosition();
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ TRACK* PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Delete_Segment( wxDC* DC, TRACK* aTrack )
|
|||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
current_net_code = aTrack->GetNet();
|
||||
current_net_code = aTrack->GetNetCode();
|
||||
|
||||
DLIST<TRACK>* container = (DLIST<TRACK>*)aTrack->GetList();
|
||||
wxASSERT( container );
|
||||
|
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Delete_Track( wxDC* DC, TRACK* aTrack )
|
|||
{
|
||||
if( aTrack != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int current_net_code = aTrack->GetNet();
|
||||
int current_net_code = aTrack->GetNetCode();
|
||||
Remove_One_Track( DC, aTrack );
|
||||
OnModify();
|
||||
TestNetConnection( DC, current_net_code );
|
||||
|
@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Delete_net( wxDC* DC, TRACK* aTrack )
|
|||
|
||||
PICKED_ITEMS_LIST itemsList;
|
||||
ITEM_PICKER picker( NULL, UR_DELETED );
|
||||
int net_code_delete = aTrack->GetNet();
|
||||
int net_code_delete = aTrack->GetNetCode();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search the first item for the given net code */
|
||||
TRACK* trackList = GetBoard()->m_Track->GetStartNetCode( net_code_delete );
|
||||
|
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Delete_net( wxDC* DC, TRACK* aTrack )
|
|||
for( TRACK* segm = trackList; segm; segm = next_track, ++ii )
|
||||
{
|
||||
next_track = segm->Next();
|
||||
if( segm->GetNet() != net_code_delete )
|
||||
if( segm->GetNetCode() != net_code_delete )
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
GetBoard()->m_Track.Remove( segm );
|
||||
|
@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Remove_One_Track( wxDC* DC, TRACK* pt_segm )
|
|||
if( segments_to_delete_count == 0 )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
int net_code = pt_segm->GetNet();
|
||||
int net_code = pt_segm->GetNetCode();
|
||||
PICKED_ITEMS_LIST itemsList;
|
||||
ITEM_PICKER picker( NULL, UR_DELETED );
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -151,7 +151,8 @@ DIALOG_PAD_PROPERTIES::DIALOG_PAD_PROPERTIES( PCB_BASE_FRAME* aParent, D_PAD* aP
|
|||
m_parent = aParent;
|
||||
m_currentPad = aPad;
|
||||
m_board = m_parent->GetBoard();
|
||||
m_dummyPad = new D_PAD( (MODULE*) NULL );
|
||||
m_dummyPad = new D_PAD( aPad->GetParent() );
|
||||
m_padMaster.SetParent( aPad->GetParent() );
|
||||
|
||||
if( aPad )
|
||||
m_dummyPad->Copy( aPad );
|
||||
|
@ -810,26 +811,17 @@ void DIALOG_PAD_PROPERTIES::PadPropertiesAccept( wxCommandEvent& event )
|
|||
|
||||
m_currentPad->SetPadName( m_padMaster.GetPadName() );
|
||||
|
||||
if( m_currentPad->GetNetname() != m_padMaster.GetNetname() )
|
||||
if( m_currentPad->GetNetname() != m_PadNetNameCtrl->GetValue() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( m_padMaster.GetNetname().IsEmpty() )
|
||||
if( !m_PadNetNameCtrl->GetValue().IsEmpty() && m_padMaster.GetNetCode() == 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
rastnestIsChanged = true;
|
||||
m_currentPad->SetNet( 0 );
|
||||
m_currentPad->SetNetname( wxEmptyString );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
const NETINFO_ITEM* net = m_board->FindNet( m_padMaster.GetNetname() );
|
||||
if( net )
|
||||
{
|
||||
rastnestIsChanged = true;
|
||||
m_currentPad->SetNetname( m_padMaster.GetNetname() );
|
||||
m_currentPad->SetNet( net->GetNet() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
DisplayError( NULL, _( "Unknown netname, netname not changed" ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
rastnestIsChanged = true;
|
||||
m_currentPad->SetNetCode( m_padMaster.GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_currentPad->SetLocalClearance( m_padMaster.GetLocalClearance() );
|
||||
|
@ -987,7 +979,13 @@ bool DIALOG_PAD_PROPERTIES::transferDataToPad( D_PAD* aPad )
|
|||
|
||||
msg = m_PadNumCtrl->GetValue().Left( 4 );
|
||||
aPad->SetPadName( msg );
|
||||
aPad->SetNetname( m_PadNetNameCtrl->GetValue() );
|
||||
|
||||
// Check if user has set an existing net name
|
||||
const NETINFO_ITEM* netinfo = m_board->FindNet( m_PadNetNameCtrl->GetValue() );
|
||||
if( netinfo != NULL )
|
||||
aPad->SetNetCode( netinfo->GetNet() );
|
||||
else
|
||||
aPad->SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear some values, according to the pad type and shape
|
||||
switch( aPad->GetShape() )
|
||||
|
@ -1035,7 +1033,7 @@ bool DIALOG_PAD_PROPERTIES::transferDataToPad( D_PAD* aPad )
|
|||
// no offset, no net name, no pad name allowed
|
||||
aPad->SetOffset( wxPoint( 0, 0 ) );
|
||||
aPad->SetPadName( wxEmptyString );
|
||||
aPad->SetNetname( wxEmptyString );
|
||||
aPad->SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ void Collect_TrackSegmentsToDrag( BOARD* aPcb, const wxPoint& aRefPos, LAYER_MSK
|
|||
|
||||
for( ; track; track = track->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( track->GetNet() != aNetCode ) // not the same netcodenet code: all candidates tested
|
||||
if( track->GetNetCode() != aNetCode ) // not the same netcode: all candidates tested
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
if( ( aLayerMask & track->GetLayerMask() ) == 0 )
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ void DRC::testZones()
|
|||
if( !test_area->IsOnCopperLayer() )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
if( test_area->GetNet() < 0 )
|
||||
if( test_area->GetNetCode() < 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_currentMarker = fillMarker( test_area,
|
||||
DRCE_NON_EXISTANT_NET_FOR_ZONE_OUTLINE, m_currentMarker );
|
||||
|
@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ bool DRC::doPadToPadsDrc( D_PAD* aRefPad, D_PAD** aStart, D_PAD** aEnd, int x_li
|
|||
|
||||
// The pad must be in a net (i.e pt_pad->GetNet() != 0 ),
|
||||
// But no problem if pads have the same netcode (same net)
|
||||
if( pad->GetNet() && ( aRefPad->GetNet() == pad->GetNet() ) )
|
||||
if( pad->GetNetCode() && ( aRefPad->GetNetCode() == pad->GetNetCode() ) )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// if pads are from the same footprint
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ bool DRC::doTrackDrc( TRACK* aRefSeg, TRACK* aStart, bool testPads )
|
|||
m_segmAngle = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
layerMask = aRefSeg->GetLayerMask();
|
||||
net_code_ref = aRefSeg->GetNet();
|
||||
net_code_ref = aRefSeg->GetNetCode();
|
||||
|
||||
// Phase 0 : Test vias
|
||||
if( aRefSeg->Type() == PCB_VIA_T )
|
||||
|
@ -310,8 +310,8 @@ bool DRC::doTrackDrc( TRACK* aRefSeg, TRACK* aStart, bool testPads )
|
|||
|
||||
// The pad must be in a net (i.e pt_pad->GetNet() != 0 )
|
||||
// but no problem if the pad netcode is the current netcode (same net)
|
||||
if( pad->GetNet() // the pad must be connected
|
||||
&& net_code_ref == pad->GetNet() ) // the pad net is the same as current net -> Ok
|
||||
if( pad->GetNetCode() // the pad must be connected
|
||||
&& net_code_ref == pad->GetNetCode() ) // the pad net is the same as current net -> Ok
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// DRC for the pad
|
||||
|
@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ bool DRC::doTrackDrc( TRACK* aRefSeg, TRACK* aStart, bool testPads )
|
|||
for( track = aStart; track; track = track->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// No problem if segments have the same net code:
|
||||
if( net_code_ref == track->GetNet() )
|
||||
if( net_code_ref == track->GetNetCode() )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// No problem if segment are on different layers :
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ void EAGLE_PLUGIN::loadPlain( CPTREE& aGraphics )
|
|||
|
||||
zone->SetTimeStamp( timeStamp( gr->second ) );
|
||||
zone->SetLayer( layer );
|
||||
zone->SetNet( 0 );
|
||||
zone->SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
|
||||
CPolyLine::HATCH_STYLE outline_hatch = CPolyLine::DIAGONAL_EDGE;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1696,8 +1696,7 @@ void EAGLE_PLUGIN::loadElements( CPTREE& aElements )
|
|||
if( ni != m_pads_to_nets.end() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
const ENET* enet = &ni->second;
|
||||
pad->SetNetname( FROM_UTF8( enet->netname.c_str() ) );
|
||||
pad->SetNet( enet->netcode );
|
||||
pad->SetNetCode( enet->netcode );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1880,7 +1879,7 @@ void EAGLE_PLUGIN::orientModuleText( MODULE* m, const EELEMENT& e,
|
|||
|
||||
MODULE* EAGLE_PLUGIN::makeModule( CPTREE& aPackage, const string& aPkgName ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
std::auto_ptr<MODULE> m( new MODULE( NULL ) );
|
||||
std::auto_ptr<MODULE> m( new MODULE( m_board ) );
|
||||
|
||||
m->SetFPID( FPID( aPkgName ) );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2260,7 +2259,6 @@ void EAGLE_PLUGIN::packageHole( MODULE* aModule, CPTREE& aTree ) const
|
|||
// no offset, no net name, no pad name allowed
|
||||
// pad->SetOffset( wxPoint( 0, 0 ) );
|
||||
// pad->SetPadName( wxEmptyString );
|
||||
// pad->SetNetname( wxEmptyString );
|
||||
|
||||
wxPoint padpos( kicad_x( e.x ), kicad_y( e.y ) );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2353,6 +2351,7 @@ void EAGLE_PLUGIN::loadSignals( CPTREE& aSignals )
|
|||
|
||||
const string& nname = net->second.get<string>( "<xmlattr>.name" );
|
||||
wxString netName = FROM_UTF8( nname.c_str() );
|
||||
m_board->AppendNet( new NETINFO_ITEM( m_board, netName, netCode ) );
|
||||
|
||||
m_xpath->Value( nname.c_str() );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2388,7 +2387,7 @@ void EAGLE_PLUGIN::loadSignals( CPTREE& aSignals )
|
|||
|
||||
t->SetWidth( width );
|
||||
t->SetLayer( layer );
|
||||
t->SetNet( netCode );
|
||||
t->SetNetCode( netCode );
|
||||
|
||||
m_board->m_Track.Insert( t, NULL );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -2453,7 +2452,7 @@ void EAGLE_PLUGIN::loadSignals( CPTREE& aSignals )
|
|||
via->SetPosition( pos );
|
||||
via->SetEnd( pos );
|
||||
|
||||
via->SetNet( netCode );
|
||||
via->SetNetCode( netCode );
|
||||
|
||||
via->SetShape( S_CIRCLE ); // @todo should be in SEGVIA constructor
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -2496,8 +2495,7 @@ void EAGLE_PLUGIN::loadSignals( CPTREE& aSignals )
|
|||
|
||||
zone->SetTimeStamp( timeStamp( it->second ) );
|
||||
zone->SetLayer( layer );
|
||||
zone->SetNet( netCode );
|
||||
zone->SetNetName( netName );
|
||||
zone->SetNetCode( netCode );
|
||||
|
||||
CPolyLine::HATCH_STYLE outline_hatch = CPolyLine::DIAGONAL_EDGE;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2553,15 +2551,12 @@ void EAGLE_PLUGIN::loadSignals( CPTREE& aSignals )
|
|||
// KiCad does not support an unconnected zone with its own non-zero netcode,
|
||||
// but only when assigned netcode = 0 w/o a name...
|
||||
for( ZONES::iterator it = zones.begin(); it != zones.end(); ++it )
|
||||
{
|
||||
(*it)->SetNet( 0 );
|
||||
(*it)->SetNetName( wxEmptyString );
|
||||
}
|
||||
(*it)->SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
|
||||
// therefore omit this signal/net.
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
m_board->AppendNet( new NETINFO_ITEM( m_board, netName, netCode++ ) );
|
||||
netCode++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_xpath->pop(); // "signals.signal"
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Process_Special_Functions( wxCommandEvent& event )
|
|||
if( type == PCB_TRACE_T || type == PCB_VIA_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM*item = (BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM*) GetCurItem();
|
||||
DIALOG_GLOBAL_EDIT_TRACKS_AND_VIAS dlg( this, item->GetNet() );
|
||||
DIALOG_GLOBAL_EDIT_TRACKS_AND_VIAS dlg( this, item->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
dlg.ShowModal();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -468,11 +468,11 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Process_Special_Functions( wxCommandEvent& event )
|
|||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case ID_POPUP_PCB_LOCK_ON_NET:
|
||||
Attribut_net( &dc, ( (TRACK*) GetCurItem() )->GetNet(), true );
|
||||
Attribut_net( &dc, ( (TRACK*) GetCurItem() )->GetNetCode(), true );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case ID_POPUP_PCB_LOCK_OFF_NET:
|
||||
Attribut_net( &dc, ( (TRACK*) GetCurItem() )->GetNet(), false );
|
||||
Attribut_net( &dc, ( (TRACK*) GetCurItem() )->GetNetCode(), false );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case ID_POPUP_PCB_SETFLAGS_TRACK_MNU:
|
||||
|
@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Process_Special_Functions( wxCommandEvent& event )
|
|||
|
||||
{
|
||||
SEGZONE* zsegm = (SEGZONE*) GetCurItem();
|
||||
int netcode = zsegm->GetNet();
|
||||
int netcode = zsegm->GetNetCode();
|
||||
Delete_OldZone_Fill( zsegm );
|
||||
SetCurItem( NULL );
|
||||
TestNetConnection( NULL, netcode );
|
||||
|
@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Process_Special_Functions( wxCommandEvent& event )
|
|||
case ID_POPUP_PCB_DELETE_ZONE_CUTOUT:
|
||||
m_canvas->MoveCursorToCrossHair();
|
||||
{
|
||||
int netcode = ( (ZONE_CONTAINER*) GetCurItem() )->GetNet();
|
||||
int netcode = ( (ZONE_CONTAINER*) GetCurItem() )->GetNetCode();
|
||||
Delete_Zone_Contour( &dc, (ZONE_CONTAINER*) GetCurItem() );
|
||||
SetCurItem( NULL );
|
||||
TestNetConnection( NULL, netcode );
|
||||
|
@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Process_Special_Functions( wxCommandEvent& event )
|
|||
{
|
||||
ZONE_CONTAINER* zone_container = (ZONE_CONTAINER*) GetCurItem();
|
||||
zone_container->UnFill();
|
||||
TestNetConnection( NULL, zone_container->GetNet() );
|
||||
TestNetConnection( NULL, zone_container->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
OnModify();
|
||||
SetMsgPanel( GetBoard() );
|
||||
m_canvas->Refresh();
|
||||
|
@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Process_Special_Functions( wxCommandEvent& event )
|
|||
case ID_POPUP_PCB_FILL_ZONE:
|
||||
m_canvas->MoveCursorToCrossHair();
|
||||
Fill_Zone( (ZONE_CONTAINER*) GetCurItem() );
|
||||
TestNetConnection( NULL, ( (ZONE_CONTAINER*) GetCurItem() )->GetNet() );
|
||||
TestNetConnection( NULL, ( (ZONE_CONTAINER*) GetCurItem() )->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
SetMsgPanel( GetBoard() );
|
||||
m_canvas->Refresh();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Process_Special_Functions( wxCommandEvent& event )
|
|||
newtrack->Draw( m_canvas, &dc, GR_XOR );
|
||||
|
||||
// compute the new ratsnest, because connectivity could change
|
||||
TestNetConnection( &dc, track->GetNet() );
|
||||
TestNetConnection( &dc, track->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::RemoveStruct( BOARD_ITEM* Item, wxDC* DC )
|
|||
case PCB_ZONE_AREA_T:
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetCurItem( NULL );
|
||||
int netcode = ( (ZONE_CONTAINER*) Item )->GetNet();
|
||||
int netcode = ( (ZONE_CONTAINER*) Item )->GetNetCode();
|
||||
Delete_Zone_Contour( DC, (ZONE_CONTAINER*) Item );
|
||||
TestNetConnection( NULL, netcode );
|
||||
SetMsgPanel( GetBoard() );
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ bool PCB_EDIT_FRAME::SetTrackSegmentWidth( TRACK* aTrackItem,
|
|||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if( aUseNetclassValue )
|
||||
net = GetBoard()->FindNet( aTrackItem->GetNet() );
|
||||
net = aTrackItem->GetNet();
|
||||
|
||||
initial_width = aTrackItem->GetWidth();
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ bool PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Change_Net_Tracks_And_Vias_Sizes( int aNetcode, bool aUseNe
|
|||
|
||||
for( pt_segm = GetBoard()->m_Track; pt_segm != NULL; pt_segm = pt_segm->Next() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( aNetcode != pt_segm->GetNet() ) // not in net
|
||||
if( aNetcode != pt_segm->GetNetCode() ) // not in net
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// we have found a item member of the net
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ bool PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Other_Layer_Route( TRACK* aTrack, wxDC* DC )
|
|||
via->SetFlags( IS_NEW );
|
||||
via->SetShape( GetDesignSettings().m_CurrentViaType );
|
||||
via->SetWidth( GetBoard()->GetCurrentViaSize());
|
||||
via->SetNet( GetBoard()->GetHighLightNetCode() );
|
||||
via->SetNetCode( GetBoard()->GetHighLightNetCode() );
|
||||
via->SetEnd( g_CurrentTrackSegment->GetEnd() );
|
||||
via->SetStart( g_CurrentTrackSegment->GetEnd() );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ bool PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Other_Layer_Route( TRACK* aTrack, wxDC* DC )
|
|||
// else error: will be removed later
|
||||
via->SetLayerPair( first_layer, last_layer );
|
||||
{
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = GetBoard()->FindNet( via->GetNet() );
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = via->GetNet();
|
||||
via->SetWidth( net->GetMicroViaSize() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Show_1_Ratsnest( EDA_ITEM* item, wxDC* DC )
|
|||
{
|
||||
RATSNEST_ITEM* net = &GetBoard()->m_FullRatsnest[ii];
|
||||
|
||||
if( net->GetNet() == pt_pad->GetNet() )
|
||||
if( net->GetNet() == pt_pad->GetNetCode() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( ( net->m_Status & CH_VISIBLE ) != 0 )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -133,12 +133,12 @@ TRACK* PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Begin_Route( TRACK* aTrack, wxDC* aDC )
|
|||
|
||||
// A pad is found: put the starting point on pad center
|
||||
pos = pad->GetPosition();
|
||||
GetBoard()->SetHighLightNet( pad->GetNet() );
|
||||
GetBoard()->SetHighLightNet( pad->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // A track segment is found
|
||||
{
|
||||
TrackOnStartPoint = (TRACK*) LockPoint;
|
||||
GetBoard()->SetHighLightNet( TrackOnStartPoint->GetNet() );
|
||||
GetBoard()->SetHighLightNet( TrackOnStartPoint->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
GetBoard()->CreateLockPoint( pos, TrackOnStartPoint, &s_ItemsListPicker );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ TRACK* PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Begin_Route( TRACK* aTrack, wxDC* aDC )
|
|||
-1 );
|
||||
|
||||
if( zone )
|
||||
GetBoard()->SetHighLightNet( zone->GetNet() );
|
||||
GetBoard()->SetHighLightNet( zone->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
DBG( g_CurrentTrackList.VerifyListIntegrity() );
|
||||
|
@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ TRACK* PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Begin_Route( TRACK* aTrack, wxDC* aDC )
|
|||
GetBoard()->DrawHighLight( m_canvas, aDC, GetBoard()->GetHighLightNetCode() );
|
||||
|
||||
// Display info about track Net class, and init track and vias sizes:
|
||||
g_CurrentTrackSegment->SetNet( GetBoard()->GetHighLightNetCode() );
|
||||
g_CurrentTrackSegment->SetNetCode( GetBoard()->GetHighLightNetCode() );
|
||||
GetBoard()->SetCurrentNetClass( g_CurrentTrackSegment->GetNetClassName() );
|
||||
|
||||
g_CurrentTrackSegment->SetLayer( GetScreen()->m_Active_Layer );
|
||||
|
@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ bool PCB_EDIT_FRAME::End_Route( TRACK* aTrack, wxDC* aDC )
|
|||
// g_FirstTrackSegment can be NULL on a double click on the starting point
|
||||
if( g_FirstTrackSegment != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int netcode = g_FirstTrackSegment->GetNet();
|
||||
int netcode = g_FirstTrackSegment->GetNetCode();
|
||||
TRACK* firstTrack = g_FirstTrackSegment;
|
||||
int newCount = g_CurrentTrackList.GetCount();
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ bool PCB_EDIT_FRAME::End_Route( TRACK* aTrack, wxDC* aDC )
|
|||
|
||||
TRACK* LocateIntrusion( TRACK* listStart, TRACK* aTrack, LAYER_NUM aLayer, const wxPoint& aRef )
|
||||
{
|
||||
int net = aTrack->GetNet();
|
||||
int net = aTrack->GetNetCode();
|
||||
int width = aTrack->GetWidth();
|
||||
|
||||
TRACK* found = NULL;
|
||||
|
@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ TRACK* LocateIntrusion( TRACK* listStart, TRACK* aTrack, LAYER_NUM aLayer, const
|
|||
if( aLayer != track->GetLayer() )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
if( track->GetNet() == net )
|
||||
if( track->GetNetCode() == net )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// TRACK::HitTest
|
||||
|
@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ static void PushTrack( EDA_DRAW_PANEL* panel )
|
|||
if( !other )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if( other->GetNet() == track->GetNet() )
|
||||
if( other->GetNetCode() == track->GetNetCode() )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
cv = cursor - other->GetStart();
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ static void build_via_testpoints( BOARD *aPcb,
|
|||
if( track->Type() == PCB_VIA_T )
|
||||
{
|
||||
SEGVIA *via = (SEGVIA*) track;
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM *net = aPcb->FindNet( track->GetNet() );
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM *net = track->GetNet();
|
||||
|
||||
D356_RECORD rk;
|
||||
rk.smd = false;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -647,7 +647,6 @@ static void CreateSignalsSection( FILE* aFile, BOARD* aPcb )
|
|||
if( net->GetNetname() == wxEmptyString ) // dummy netlist (no connection)
|
||||
{
|
||||
wxString msg; msg << wxT( "NoConnection" ) << NbNoConn++;
|
||||
net->SetNetname( msg );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( net->GetNet() <= 0 ) // dummy netlist (no connection)
|
||||
|
@ -664,7 +663,7 @@ static void CreateSignalsSection( FILE* aFile, BOARD* aPcb )
|
|||
{
|
||||
wxString padname;
|
||||
|
||||
if( pad->GetNet() != net->GetNet() )
|
||||
if( pad->GetNetCode() != net->GetNet() )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
pad->ReturnStringPadName( padname );
|
||||
|
@ -731,7 +730,7 @@ static int TrackListSortByNetcode( const void* refptr, const void* objptr )
|
|||
ref = *( (TRACK**) refptr );
|
||||
cmp = *( (TRACK**) objptr );
|
||||
|
||||
if( ( diff = ref->GetNet() - cmp->GetNet() ) )
|
||||
if( ( diff = ref->GetNetCode() - cmp->GetNetCode() ) )
|
||||
return diff;
|
||||
|
||||
if( ( diff = ref->GetWidth() - cmp->GetWidth() ) )
|
||||
|
@ -798,10 +797,10 @@ static void CreateRoutesSection( FILE* aFile, BOARD* aPcb )
|
|||
{
|
||||
track = tracklist[ii];
|
||||
|
||||
if( old_netcode != track->GetNet() )
|
||||
if( old_netcode != track->GetNetCode() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
old_netcode = track->GetNet();
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = aPcb->FindNet( track->GetNet() );
|
||||
old_netcode = track->GetNetCode();
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = track->GetNet();
|
||||
wxString netname;
|
||||
|
||||
if( net && (net->GetNetname() != wxEmptyString) )
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ private:
|
|||
*/
|
||||
void OnLeftDClick( wxDC*, const wxPoint& ) {}
|
||||
void SaveCopyInUndoList( BOARD_ITEM*, UNDO_REDO_T, const wxPoint& ) {}
|
||||
void SaveCopyInUndoList( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST&, UNDO_REDO_T, const wxPoint& ) {}
|
||||
void SaveCopyInUndoList( const PICKED_ITEMS_LIST&, UNDO_REDO_T, const wxPoint& ) {}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ int PCB_EDIT_FRAME::SelectHighLight( wxDC* DC )
|
|||
switch( item->Type() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
case PCB_PAD_T:
|
||||
netcode = ( (D_PAD*) item )->GetNet();
|
||||
netcode = ( (D_PAD*) item )->GetNetCode();
|
||||
SendMessageToEESCHEMA( item );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -151,11 +151,11 @@ int PCB_EDIT_FRAME::SelectHighLight( wxDC* DC )
|
|||
case PCB_ZONE_T:
|
||||
// since these classes are all derived from TRACK, use a common
|
||||
// GetNet() function:
|
||||
netcode = ( (TRACK*) item )->GetNet();
|
||||
netcode = ( (TRACK*) item )->GetNetCode();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case PCB_ZONE_AREA_T:
|
||||
netcode = ( (ZONE_CONTAINER*) item )->GetNet();
|
||||
netcode = ( (ZONE_CONTAINER*) item )->GetNetCode();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -380,6 +380,9 @@ void PCB_IO::Save( const wxString& aFileName, BOARD* aBoard, const PROPERTIES* a
|
|||
|
||||
m_board = aBoard; // after init()
|
||||
|
||||
// Prepare net mapping that assures that net codes saved in a file are consecutive integers
|
||||
m_mapping->SetBoard( aBoard );
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_OUTPUTFORMATTER formatter( aFileName );
|
||||
|
||||
m_out = &formatter; // no ownership
|
||||
|
@ -499,7 +502,7 @@ void PCB_IO::format( BOARD* aBoard, int aNestLevel ) const
|
|||
m_out->Print( aNestLevel+1, "(tracks %d)\n", aBoard->GetNumSegmTrack() );
|
||||
m_out->Print( aNestLevel+1, "(zones %d)\n", aBoard->GetNumSegmZone() );
|
||||
m_out->Print( aNestLevel+1, "(modules %d)\n", aBoard->m_Modules.GetCount() );
|
||||
m_out->Print( aNestLevel+1, "(nets %d)\n", aBoard->GetNetCount() );
|
||||
m_out->Print( aNestLevel+1, "(nets %d)\n", (int) m_mapping->GetSize() );
|
||||
m_out->Print( aNestLevel, ")\n\n" );
|
||||
|
||||
aBoard->GetPageSettings().Format( m_out, aNestLevel, m_ctl );
|
||||
|
@ -654,13 +657,12 @@ void PCB_IO::format( BOARD* aBoard, int aNestLevel ) const
|
|||
|
||||
m_out->Print( aNestLevel, ")\n\n" );
|
||||
|
||||
int netcount = aBoard->GetNetCount();
|
||||
|
||||
for( int i = 0; i < netcount; ++i )
|
||||
// Save net codes and names
|
||||
for( NETINFO_MAPPING::iterator net = m_mapping->begin(), netEnd = m_mapping->end();
|
||||
net != netEnd; ++net )
|
||||
{
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = aBoard->FindNet( i );
|
||||
m_out->Print( aNestLevel, "(net %d %s)\n",
|
||||
net->GetNet(),
|
||||
m_mapping->Translate( net->GetNet() ),
|
||||
m_out->Quotew( net->GetNetname() ).c_str() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1228,8 +1230,9 @@ void PCB_IO::format( D_PAD* aPad, int aNestLevel ) const
|
|||
std::string output;
|
||||
|
||||
// Unconnected pad is default net so don't save it.
|
||||
if( !(m_ctl & CTL_OMIT_NETS) && aPad->GetNet() != 0 )
|
||||
StrPrintf( &output, " (net %d %s)", aPad->GetNet(), m_out->Quotew( aPad->GetNetname() ).c_str() );
|
||||
if( !(m_ctl & CTL_OMIT_NETS) && aPad->GetNetCode() != 0 )
|
||||
StrPrintf( &output, " (net %d %s)", m_mapping->Translate( aPad->GetNetCode() ),
|
||||
m_out->Quotew( aPad->GetNetname() ).c_str() );
|
||||
|
||||
if( aPad->GetPadToDieLength() != 0 )
|
||||
StrPrintf( &output, " (die_length %s)", FMT_IU( aPad->GetPadToDieLength() ).c_str() );
|
||||
|
@ -1386,7 +1389,7 @@ void PCB_IO::format( TRACK* aTrack, int aNestLevel ) const
|
|||
m_out->Print( 0, " (layer %s)", m_out->Quotew( aTrack->GetLayerName() ).c_str() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
m_out->Print( 0, " (net %d)", aTrack->GetNet() );
|
||||
m_out->Print( 0, " (net %d)", m_mapping->Translate( aTrack->GetNetCode() ) );
|
||||
|
||||
if( aTrack->GetTimeStamp() != 0 )
|
||||
m_out->Print( 0, " (tstamp %lX)", aTrack->GetTimeStamp() );
|
||||
|
@ -1405,8 +1408,8 @@ void PCB_IO::format( ZONE_CONTAINER* aZone, int aNestLevel ) const
|
|||
// so be sure a dummy value is stored, just for ZONE_CONTAINER compatibility
|
||||
// (perhaps netcode and netname should be not stored)
|
||||
m_out->Print( aNestLevel, "(zone (net %d) (net_name %s)",
|
||||
aZone->GetIsKeepout() ? 0 : aZone->GetNet(),
|
||||
m_out->Quotew( aZone->GetIsKeepout() ? wxT("") : aZone->GetNetName() ).c_str() );
|
||||
aZone->GetIsKeepout() ? 0 : m_mapping->Translate( aZone->GetNetCode() ),
|
||||
m_out->Quotew( aZone->GetIsKeepout() ? wxT("") : aZone->GetNetname() ).c_str() );
|
||||
|
||||
formatLayer( aZone );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1622,20 +1625,11 @@ void PCB_IO::format( ZONE_CONTAINER* aZone, int aNestLevel ) const
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PCB_IO::PCB_IO() :
|
||||
m_cache( 0 ),
|
||||
m_ctl( CTL_FOR_BOARD ), // expecting to OUTPUTFORMAT into BOARD files.
|
||||
m_parser( new PCB_PARSER() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
init( 0 );
|
||||
m_out = &m_sf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PCB_IO::PCB_IO( int aControlFlags ) :
|
||||
m_cache( 0 ),
|
||||
m_ctl( aControlFlags ),
|
||||
m_parser( new PCB_PARSER() )
|
||||
m_parser( new PCB_PARSER() ),
|
||||
m_mapping( new NETINFO_MAPPING() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
init( 0 );
|
||||
m_out = &m_sf;
|
||||
|
@ -1646,6 +1640,7 @@ PCB_IO::~PCB_IO()
|
|||
{
|
||||
delete m_cache;
|
||||
delete m_parser;
|
||||
delete m_mapping;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ class BOARD;
|
|||
class BOARD_ITEM;
|
||||
class FP_CACHE;
|
||||
class PCB_PARSER;
|
||||
class NETINFO_MAPPING;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/// Current s-expression file format version. 2 was the last legacy format version.
|
||||
|
@ -122,9 +123,7 @@ public:
|
|||
|
||||
//-----</PLUGIN API>--------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
PCB_IO();
|
||||
|
||||
PCB_IO( int aControlFlags );
|
||||
PCB_IO( int aControlFlags = CTL_FOR_BOARD );
|
||||
|
||||
~PCB_IO();
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -171,6 +170,8 @@ protected:
|
|||
OUTPUTFORMATTER* m_out; ///< output any Format()s to this, no ownership
|
||||
int m_ctl;
|
||||
PCB_PARSER* m_parser;
|
||||
NETINFO_MAPPING* m_mapping; ///< mapping for net codes, so only not empty net codes
|
||||
///< are stored with consecutive integers as net codes
|
||||
|
||||
/// we only cache one footprint library, this determines which one.
|
||||
void cacheLib( const wxString& aLibraryPath, const wxString& aFootprintName = wxEmptyString );
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1299,11 +1299,14 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::loadPAD( MODULE* aModule )
|
|||
char buf[1024]; // can be fairly long
|
||||
int netcode = intParse( line + SZ( "Ne" ), &data );
|
||||
|
||||
pad->SetNet( netcode );
|
||||
pad->SetNetCode( netcode );
|
||||
|
||||
// read Netname
|
||||
ReadDelimitedText( buf, data, sizeof(buf) );
|
||||
pad->SetNetname( FROM_UTF8( StrPurge( buf ) ) );
|
||||
#ifndef NDEBUG
|
||||
if( m_board )
|
||||
assert( m_board->FindNet( netcode )->GetNetname() == FROM_UTF8( StrPurge( buf ) ) );
|
||||
#endif /* NDEBUG */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
else if( TESTLINE( "Po" ) ) // (Po)sition
|
||||
|
@ -1811,7 +1814,7 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::loadNETINFO_ITEM()
|
|||
{
|
||||
char buf[1024];
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = new NETINFO_ITEM( m_board );
|
||||
NETINFO_ITEM* net = NULL;
|
||||
char* line;
|
||||
|
||||
while( ( line = READLINE( m_reader ) ) != NULL )
|
||||
|
@ -1822,18 +1825,17 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::loadNETINFO_ITEM()
|
|||
{
|
||||
// e.g. "Na 58 "/cpu.sch/PAD7"\r\n"
|
||||
|
||||
int tmp = intParse( line + SZ( "Na" ), &data );
|
||||
net->SetNet( tmp );
|
||||
int netCode = intParse( line + SZ( "Na" ), &data );
|
||||
|
||||
ReadDelimitedText( buf, data, sizeof(buf) );
|
||||
net->SetNetname( FROM_UTF8( buf ) );
|
||||
net = new NETINFO_ITEM( m_board, FROM_UTF8( buf ), netCode );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
else if( TESTLINE( "$EndEQUIPOT" ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// net 0 should be already in list, so store this net
|
||||
// if it is not the net 0, or if the net 0 does not exists.
|
||||
if( net->GetNet() > 0 || m_board->FindNet( 0 ) == NULL )
|
||||
if( net != NULL && ( net->GetNet() > 0 || m_board->FindNet( 0 ) == NULL ) )
|
||||
m_board->AppendNet( net );
|
||||
else
|
||||
delete net;
|
||||
|
@ -2088,7 +2090,7 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::loadTrackList( int aStructType )
|
|||
( (SEGVIA*) newTrack )->SetLayerPair( LAYER_N_FRONT, LAYER_N_BACK );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
newTrack->SetNet( net_code );
|
||||
newTrack->SetNetCode( net_code );
|
||||
newTrack->SetState( flags, true );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2238,8 +2240,7 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::loadZONE_CONTAINER()
|
|||
// Init the net code only, not the netname, to be sure
|
||||
// the zone net name is the name read in file.
|
||||
// (When mismatch, the user will be prompted in DRC, to fix the actual name)
|
||||
zc->BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::SetNet( netcode );
|
||||
zc->SetNetName( FROM_UTF8( buf ) ); // init the net name here
|
||||
zc->BOARD_CONNECTED_ITEM::SetNetCode( netcode );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
else if( TESTLINE( "ZLayer" ) ) // layer found
|
||||
|
@ -2256,7 +2257,7 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::loadZONE_CONTAINER()
|
|||
|
||||
if( !hopt )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_error.Printf( wxT( "Bad ZAux for CZONE_CONTAINER '%s'" ), zc->GetNetName().GetData() );
|
||||
m_error.Printf( wxT( "Bad ZAux for CZONE_CONTAINER '%s'" ), zc->GetNetname().GetData() );
|
||||
THROW_IO_ERROR( m_error );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2267,7 +2268,7 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::loadZONE_CONTAINER()
|
|||
case 'F': outline_hatch = CPolyLine::DIAGONAL_FULL; break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
m_error.Printf( wxT( "Bad ZAux for CZONE_CONTAINER '%s'" ), zc->GetNetName().GetData() );
|
||||
m_error.Printf( wxT( "Bad ZAux for CZONE_CONTAINER '%s'" ), zc->GetNetname().GetData() );
|
||||
THROW_IO_ERROR( m_error );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2284,7 +2285,7 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::loadZONE_CONTAINER()
|
|||
|
||||
if( smoothing >= ZONE_SETTINGS::SMOOTHING_LAST || smoothing < 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_error.Printf( wxT( "Bad ZSmoothing for CZONE_CONTAINER '%s'" ), zc->GetNetName().GetData() );
|
||||
m_error.Printf( wxT( "Bad ZSmoothing for CZONE_CONTAINER '%s'" ), zc->GetNetname().GetData() );
|
||||
THROW_IO_ERROR( m_error );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2359,7 +2360,7 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::loadZONE_CONTAINER()
|
|||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
m_error.Printf( wxT( "Bad ZClearance padoption for CZONE_CONTAINER '%s'" ),
|
||||
zc->GetNetName().GetData() );
|
||||
zc->GetNetname().GetData() );
|
||||
THROW_IO_ERROR( m_error );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -2423,10 +2424,7 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::loadZONE_CONTAINER()
|
|||
// Ensure keepout does not have a net
|
||||
// (which have no sense for a keepout zone)
|
||||
if( zc->GetIsKeepout() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
zc->SetNet(0);
|
||||
zc->SetNetName( wxEmptyString );
|
||||
}
|
||||
zc->SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
|
||||
// should always occur, but who knows, a zone without two corners
|
||||
// is no zone at all, it's a spot?
|
||||
|
@ -2436,7 +2434,7 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::loadZONE_CONTAINER()
|
|||
if( !zc->IsOnCopperLayer() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
zc->SetFillMode( 0 );
|
||||
zc->SetNet( 0 );
|
||||
zc->SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Hatch here, after outlines corners are read
|
||||
|
@ -2904,6 +2902,8 @@ do { \
|
|||
|
||||
void LEGACY_PLUGIN::SaveBOARD( const BOARD* aBoard ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_mapping->SetBoard( aBoard );
|
||||
|
||||
saveGENERAL( aBoard );
|
||||
|
||||
saveSHEET( aBoard );
|
||||
|
@ -2952,7 +2952,7 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::saveGENERAL( const BOARD* aBoard ) const
|
|||
fprintf( m_fp, "Nzone %d\n", aBoard->GetNumSegmZone() );
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "BoardThickness %s\n", fmtBIU( aBoard->GetDesignSettings().GetBoardThickness() ).c_str() );
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "Nmodule %d\n", aBoard->m_Modules.GetCount() );
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "Nnets %d\n", aBoard->GetNetCount() );
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "Nnets %d\n", m_mapping->GetSize() );
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "$EndGENERAL\n\n" );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -3093,9 +3093,11 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::saveSETUP( const BOARD* aBoard ) const
|
|||
void LEGACY_PLUGIN::saveBOARD_ITEMS( const BOARD* aBoard ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
// save the nets
|
||||
int netcount = aBoard->GetNetCount();
|
||||
for( int i = 0; i < netcount; ++i )
|
||||
saveNETINFO_ITEM( aBoard->FindNet( i ) );
|
||||
for( NETINFO_MAPPING::iterator net = m_mapping->begin(), netEnd = m_mapping->end();
|
||||
net != netEnd; ++net )
|
||||
{
|
||||
saveNETINFO_ITEM( *net );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Saved nets do not include netclass names, so save netclasses after nets.
|
||||
saveNETCLASSES( &aBoard->m_NetClasses );
|
||||
|
@ -3153,7 +3155,8 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::saveBOARD_ITEMS( const BOARD* aBoard ) const
|
|||
void LEGACY_PLUGIN::saveNETINFO_ITEM( const NETINFO_ITEM* aNet ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "$EQUIPOT\n" );
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "Na %d %s\n", aNet->GetNet(), EscapedUTF8( aNet->GetNetname() ).c_str() );
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "Na %d %s\n", m_mapping->Translate( aNet->GetNet() ),
|
||||
EscapedUTF8( aNet->GetNetname() ).c_str() );
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "St %s\n", "~" );
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "$EndEQUIPOT\n" );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -3370,7 +3373,7 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::savePAD( const D_PAD* me ) const
|
|||
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "At %s N %08X\n", texttype, me->GetLayerMask() );
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "Ne %d %s\n", me->GetNet(), EscapedUTF8( me->GetNetname() ).c_str() );
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "Ne %d %s\n", me->GetNetCode(), EscapedUTF8( me->GetNetname() ).c_str() );
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "Po %s\n", fmtBIUPoint( me->GetPos0() ).c_str() );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -3630,7 +3633,7 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::saveTRACK( const TRACK* me ) const
|
|||
"-1" : fmtBIU( me->GetDrill() ).c_str() );
|
||||
|
||||
fprintf(m_fp, "De %d %d %d %lX %X\n",
|
||||
me->GetLayer(), type, me->GetNet(),
|
||||
me->GetLayer(), type, me->GetNetCode(),
|
||||
me->GetTimeStamp(), me->GetStatus() );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -3644,8 +3647,8 @@ void LEGACY_PLUGIN::saveZONE_CONTAINER( const ZONE_CONTAINER* me ) const
|
|||
// just for ZONE_CONTAINER compatibility
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "ZInfo %lX %d %s\n",
|
||||
me->GetTimeStamp(),
|
||||
me->GetIsKeepout() ? 0 : me->GetNet(),
|
||||
EscapedUTF8( me->GetIsKeepout() ? wxT("") : me->GetNetName() ).c_str() );
|
||||
me->GetIsKeepout() ? 0 : me->GetNetCode(),
|
||||
EscapedUTF8( me->GetIsKeepout() ? wxT("") : me->GetNetname() ).c_str() );
|
||||
|
||||
// Save the outline layer info
|
||||
fprintf( m_fp, "ZLayer %d\n", me->GetLayer() );
|
||||
|
@ -4422,7 +4425,8 @@ LEGACY_PLUGIN::LEGACY_PLUGIN() :
|
|||
m_props( 0 ),
|
||||
m_reader( 0 ),
|
||||
m_fp( 0 ),
|
||||
m_cache( 0 )
|
||||
m_cache( 0 ),
|
||||
m_mapping( new NETINFO_MAPPING() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
init( NULL );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -4431,4 +4435,5 @@ LEGACY_PLUGIN::LEGACY_PLUGIN() :
|
|||
LEGACY_PLUGIN::~LEGACY_PLUGIN()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete m_cache;
|
||||
delete m_mapping;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ class NETCLASSES;
|
|||
class ZONE_CONTAINER;
|
||||
class DIMENSION;
|
||||
class NETINFO_ITEM;
|
||||
class NETINFO_MAPPING;
|
||||
class TEXTE_MODULE;
|
||||
class EDGE_MODULE;
|
||||
class TRACK;
|
||||
|
@ -124,6 +125,9 @@ protected:
|
|||
int m_loading_format_version; ///< which BOARD_FORMAT_VERSION am I Load()ing?
|
||||
LP_CACHE* m_cache;
|
||||
|
||||
NETINFO_MAPPING* m_mapping; ///< mapping for net codes, so only not empty net codes
|
||||
///< are stored with consecutive integers as net codes
|
||||
|
||||
/// initialize PLUGIN like a constructor would, and futz with fresh BOARD if needed.
|
||||
void init( const PROPERTIES* aProperties );
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ bool Magnetize( PCB_EDIT_FRAME* frame, int aCurrentTool, wxSize aGridSize,
|
|||
|
||||
if( pad )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( doCheckNet && currTrack && currTrack->GetNet() != pad->GetNet() )
|
||||
if( doCheckNet && currTrack && currTrack->GetNetCode() != pad->GetNetCode() )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
*curpos = pad->GetPosition();
|
||||
|
@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ bool Magnetize( PCB_EDIT_FRAME* frame, int aCurrentTool, wxSize aGridSize,
|
|||
{
|
||||
if( via != currTrack ) // a via cannot influence itself
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( !doCheckNet || !currTrack || currTrack->GetNet() == via->GetNet() )
|
||||
if( !doCheckNet || !currTrack || currTrack->GetNetCode() == via->GetNetCode() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
*curpos = via->GetStart();
|
||||
// D(printf("via hit\n");)
|
||||
|
@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ bool Magnetize( PCB_EDIT_FRAME* frame, int aCurrentTool, wxSize aGridSize,
|
|||
if( track->Type() != PCB_TRACE_T )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
if( doCheckNet && currTrack && currTrack->GetNet() != track->GetNet() )
|
||||
if( doCheckNet && currTrack && currTrack->GetNetCode() != track->GetNetCode() )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
if( m_Pcb->IsLayerVisible( track->GetLayer() ) == false )
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -314,11 +314,6 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::ReCreateMenuBar()
|
|||
|
||||
editMenu->AppendSeparator();
|
||||
|
||||
AddMenuItem( editMenu, ID_SELECTION_TOOL,
|
||||
_( "Select Tool" ),
|
||||
_( "Interactive selection and drag&drop tool." ),
|
||||
KiBitmap( tools_xpm ) );
|
||||
|
||||
AddMenuItem( editMenu, ID_PNS_ROUTER_TOOL,
|
||||
_( "Interactive router" ),
|
||||
_( "Interactive router push&shove tool." ),
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ MIN_SPAN_TREE::MIN_SPAN_TREE()
|
|||
|
||||
void MIN_SPAN_TREE::MSP_Init( int aNodesCount )
|
||||
{
|
||||
m_Size = aNodesCount;
|
||||
m_Size = std::max( aNodesCount, 1 );
|
||||
inTree.clear();
|
||||
linkedTo.clear();
|
||||
distTo.clear();
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ void FOOTPRINT_EDIT_FRAME::SaveCopyInUndoList( BOARD_ITEM* aItem,
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void FOOTPRINT_EDIT_FRAME::SaveCopyInUndoList( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
void FOOTPRINT_EDIT_FRAME::SaveCopyInUndoList( const PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T aTypeCommand,
|
||||
const wxPoint& aTransformPoint )
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ public:
|
|||
* @param aTransformPoint = the reference point of the transformation, for
|
||||
* commands like move
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void SaveCopyInUndoList( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
virtual void SaveCopyInUndoList( const PICKED_ITEMS_LIST& aItemsList,
|
||||
UNDO_REDO_T aTypeCommand,
|
||||
const wxPoint& aTransformPoint = wxPoint( 0, 0 ) );
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ private:
|
|||
*/
|
||||
void OnLeftDClick( wxDC*, const wxPoint& ) {}
|
||||
void SaveCopyInUndoList( BOARD_ITEM*, UNDO_REDO_T, const wxPoint& ) {}
|
||||
void SaveCopyInUndoList( PICKED_ITEMS_LIST&, UNDO_REDO_T, const wxPoint &) {}
|
||||
void SaveCopyInUndoList( const PICKED_ITEMS_LIST&, UNDO_REDO_T, const wxPoint &) {}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::StartMoveOneNodeOrSegment( TRACK* aTrack, wxDC* aDC, int aC
|
|||
{
|
||||
Collect_TrackSegmentsToDrag( GetBoard(), aTrack->GetStart(),
|
||||
aTrack->GetLayerMask(),
|
||||
aTrack->GetNet(), aTrack->GetWidth() / 2 );
|
||||
aTrack->GetNetCode(), aTrack->GetWidth() / 2 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PosInit = aTrack->GetStart();
|
||||
|
@ -647,17 +647,17 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::StartMoveOneNodeOrSegment( TRACK* aTrack, wxDC* aDC, int aC
|
|||
case ID_POPUP_PCB_DRAG_TRACK_SEGMENT: // drag a segment
|
||||
pos = aTrack->GetStart();
|
||||
Collect_TrackSegmentsToDrag( GetBoard(), pos, aTrack->GetLayerMask(),
|
||||
aTrack->GetNet(), aTrack->GetWidth() / 2 );
|
||||
aTrack->GetNetCode(), aTrack->GetWidth() / 2 );
|
||||
pos = aTrack->GetEnd();
|
||||
aTrack->SetFlags( IS_DRAGGED | ENDPOINT | STARTPOINT );
|
||||
Collect_TrackSegmentsToDrag( GetBoard(), pos, aTrack->GetLayerMask(),
|
||||
aTrack->GetNet(), aTrack->GetWidth() / 2 );
|
||||
aTrack->GetNetCode(), aTrack->GetWidth() / 2 );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case ID_POPUP_PCB_MOVE_TRACK_NODE: // Drag via or move node
|
||||
pos = (diag & STARTPOINT) ? aTrack->GetStart() : aTrack->GetEnd();
|
||||
Collect_TrackSegmentsToDrag( GetBoard(), pos, aTrack->GetLayerMask(),
|
||||
aTrack->GetNet(), aTrack->GetWidth() / 2 );
|
||||
aTrack->GetNetCode(), aTrack->GetWidth() / 2 );
|
||||
PosInit = pos;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::StartMoveOneNodeOrSegment( TRACK* aTrack, wxDC* aDC, int aC
|
|||
s_LastPos = PosInit;
|
||||
m_canvas->SetMouseCapture( Show_MoveNode, Abort_MoveTrack );
|
||||
|
||||
GetBoard()->SetHighLightNet( aTrack->GetNet() );
|
||||
GetBoard()->SetHighLightNet( aTrack->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
GetBoard()->HighLightON();
|
||||
|
||||
GetBoard()->DrawHighLight( m_canvas, aDC, GetBoard()->GetHighLightNetCode() );
|
||||
|
@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ void PCB_EDIT_FRAME::Start_DragTrackSegmentAndKeepSlope( TRACK* track, wxDC* DC
|
|||
s_LastPos = GetCrossHairPosition();
|
||||
m_canvas->SetMouseCapture( Show_Drag_Track_Segment_With_Cte_Slope, Abort_MoveTrack );
|
||||
|
||||
GetBoard()->SetHighLightNet( track->GetNet() );
|
||||
GetBoard()->SetHighLightNet( track->GetNetCode() );
|
||||
GetBoard()->HighLightON();
|
||||
GetBoard()->DrawHighLight( m_canvas, DC, GetBoard()->GetHighLightNetCode() );
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ bool PCB_EDIT_FRAME::PlaceDraggedOrMovedTrackSegment( TRACK* Track, wxDC* DC )
|
|||
if( Track == NULL )
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
int current_net_code = Track->GetNet();
|
||||
int current_net_code = Track->GetNetCode();
|
||||
|
||||
// DRC control:
|
||||
if( g_Drc_On )
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ void PCB_BASE_FRAME::AddPad( MODULE* aModule, bool draw )
|
|||
|
||||
// Update the pad properties.
|
||||
Import_Pad_Settings( pad, false );
|
||||
pad->SetNetname( wxEmptyString );
|
||||
pad->SetNetCode( NETINFO_LIST::UNCONNECTED );
|
||||
|
||||
pad->SetPosition( GetCrossHairPosition() );
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue